| |
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider the difference between good and bad customer service.
• To encourage participants to consider the behaviours that those who deliver good customer service demonstrate.
• To consider strategies for avoiding or managing customer conflict.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider the difference between good and bad customer service.
• To encourage participants to consider the behaviours that those who deliver good customer service demonstrate.
• To consider strategies for avoiding or managing customer conflict.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone in a customer facing role.
You'll Need:
• A Trainers’ Library membership that includes the option to stream this video or you can purchase a DVD from Trainers' Library.
Notes:
This module is designed to accompany the Trainers' Library film, ‘Why Do I Always Get Them?’ This exercise involves a look at customer service, particularly in relation to face-to-face contact, managing difficult situations and conflict. The second exercise can be run as a post-training activity to be completed individually, if you need to reduce the time required for this module. If your level of membership doesn’t include the option to stream this video, you can purchase a digital copy.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I have used this training module a few times and I think the video really gets people interested and thinking. The video has a great storyline and the questions to use after watching the video create a great discussion. It was fascinating to watch participant recall where they had seen behaviour like this in the film.
|
|
Nicola Richardson
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about the environment they live or work in.
• To encourage participants to consider the impact the physical environment might have on creativity.
• To consider ways in which space can be made ‘creative’.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about the environment they live or work in.
• To encourage participants to consider the impact the physical environment might have on creativity.
• To consider ways in which space can be made ‘creative’.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
We recommend using Miro for this activity, though you could, if you prefer, ask participants to collaborate on creating a PowerPoint slide that represents their shared ideas. If using this module as an icebreaker, run the first activity/debrief only.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (optional).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate that our perspective on a situation might be very different to someone else’s and that this does not necessarily mean one party is ‘right’ and one is ‘wrong’.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 15 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To demonstrate that our perspective on a situation might be very different to someone else’s and that this does not necessarily mean one party is ‘right’ and one is ‘wrong’.
Group Size:
Can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Copies of the house pictures provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this activity with a group of managers of all ages. The team were struggling to gel due to the generational gaps. After some learning of the different generations I split them into their generation groups, ie Gen X, Millenials, Baby Boomers, and they engaged in this activity. It was a huge success. This provided the lightbulb moment where they all accepted that different perspectives are relevant in their working environment. Where there is no right perspective, but simply a different view. Excellent activity.
|
|
Tracy Windross
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
I used this for a workshop on Performance Management to let managers see that their view may not be the only view of an individual or their performance. It was great fun to do, but also the team kept referring back to the activity throughout the day, which was great. Really got them thinking which was good.
It is easy to use, and I will definitely be using it again in future workshops.
|
|
Pauline Weddell
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
I used this as an after lunch exercise to keep people on their feet and working in teams straight away. It followed a session about making assumptions and preceded a session on challenging assumptions and being curious, asking effective questions. It slotted in really well and worked as the perfect short exercise, energiser and thought provoker.
|
|
Naomi Coleman
rated this item with 4 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate that our perspective on a situation might be very different to someone else’s and that this does not necessarily mean one party is ‘right’ and one is ‘wrong’.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate that our perspective on a situation might be very different to someone else’s and that this does not necessarily mean one party is ‘right’ and one is ‘wrong’.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• To pre-prepare a poll/quiz based on the Trainer’s Handout.
• The Activity Links provided and your unique PIN (found in My Account).
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To check understanding of UK workplace Equality Law and build awareness of the responsibilities all employees and managers have.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 60 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To check understanding of UK workplace Equality Law and build awareness of the responsibilities all employees and managers have.
Group Size:
This module is suitable for use with groups of between between 8 and 12 participants.
Useful For:
Everyone in the workplace – because everyone needs to be clear on what they can and can’t do. This is not a topic bound by status and participants will have the most fun from the game if there is a mix of roles, seniority and experience in each team. The game will be especially useful for managers and team leaders who are usually closest to managing diversity and equality issues and need to be clear on the law.
You'll Need:
To prepare your chosen collaborative whiteboard or PowerPoint in advance with:
• The ‘A Level Playing Field’ game board set as the background and locked.
• 32 black counters. You’ll also need:
• The Question and Answer handout (for the facilitator).
• The spinner in Trainers’ Library, set up with the four corresponding question colours and two wild cards.
Notes:
This exercise is suitable for use with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s run as a competitive game, which is a race to the finish and played in 4 teams with 2-3 players in each team. We do not recommend having teams with more than 3 participants. Most questions have multiple choice or yes/no answers. This means that the third team to have a go at a question is pretty much guaranteed to get a correct answer when the question comes round again. This keeps the overall time for the game within reasonable limits and adds to the fun, because of the danger of a team getting the answer wrong and allowing another team to get in with the right answer next time. The game is very easy to play. We suggest that you have a practice run beforehand to ensure you are clear on how it works. We recommend using Miro for this activity due to the functionality available, but it is possible to run the activity using other collaborative whiteboard solutions or PowerPoint, if preferred.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (recommended).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To provide participants with an opportunity to reflect - for example, at the end of a year or a project, and learn from the highs as well as the lows.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To provide participants with an opportunity to reflect - for example, at the end of a year or a project, and learn from the highs as well as the lows.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Work-based or project teams.
You'll Need:
• Flipchart paper and enough red, green and yellow round sticky dots so that your participants have 5 of each colour. (If you can't source sticky dots, green, red and yellow marker pens will do.)
Notes:
This exercise is designed to be run as part of an end of year review, or following the completion of a major project, to enable participants to process what happened, maybe get a few things off their chest, admit areas where they struggled and to celebrate the good parts too. More importantly, it gives individuals and the team as a whole a chance to decide how they will behave going forward as a result of this insight.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 55 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about how they communicate, and what unintentional messages they might be conveying to customers, colleagues and others.
• To demonstrate how words are just the tip of the communication iceberg, and how what lies beneath the service can have a serious, and lasting impact on how others perceive us, and the organisations we work for.
• To demonstrate how brand is affected by every piece of communication leaving the organisation.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 55 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about how they communicate, and what unintentional messages they might be conveying to customers, colleagues and others.
• To demonstrate how words are just the tip of the communication iceberg, and how what lies beneath the service can have a serious, and lasting impact on how others perceive us, and the organisations we work for.
• To demonstrate how brand is affected by every piece of communication leaving the organisation.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link in Trainers’ Library.
• Your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Notes:
This is a powerful exercise that really gets participants to think about the way organisations communicate. It’s a useful addition to any customer service training, but particularly useful with groups that are responsible for brand and the way the organisation portrays itself to the outside world. This could be managers within the marketing department, branch managers, recruitment managers, etc. It’s suitable for all types of organisation, including public and charitable bodies.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 90 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify specific actions that will enable groups to achieve a shared vision.
• To help individuals see how they will contribute to the achievement of a shared vision.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 60 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 90 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify specific actions that will enable groups to achieve a shared vision.
• To help individuals see how they will contribute to the achievement of a shared vision.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels working in a team. It is particularly well suited to new teams formed for a fixed period to manage/implement a project.
You'll Need:
• To have pre-prepared a collaborative whiteboard for the session. We recommend using Miro and for those unfamiliar with this solution, there is an article in Trainers’ Library called Using Miro to help you.
Notes:
This module allows the group to share and develop ideas for achieving their shared vision. The group need to be clear about what their vision is. If they’re not, we recommend using Creating a Shared Vision first. You will need to pre-prepare a PowerPoint slide to display at the start of the exercise reminding them of their vision statement. This is a long session for Remote Delivery, so we suggest taking a 15-20 minute break in the middle where indicated in the notes.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants recognise how their behaviour/communication is experienced by others.
• To encourage participants to increase the positive acts of recognition they give to others.
• To create a working atmosphere in which people feel accepted and recognised.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants recognise how their behaviour/communication is experienced by others.
• To encourage participants to increase the positive acts of recognition they give to others.
• To create a working atmosphere in which people feel accepted and recognised.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels. It can be particularly useful in management training and team building.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module can be used alongside Land of the Nutritos in a diversity programme and as part of a session on giving feedback or team working.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 70 minutes.
Aims:
• To define what effective feedback is.
• To introduce participants to the AID model for giving feedback.
• To give participants an opportunity to practise giving feedback using the AID model.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 70 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To define what effective feedback is.
• To introduce participants to the AID model for giving feedback.
• To give participants an opportunity to practise giving feedback using the AID model.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The film: ‘Why Do I Always Get Them?’. (If you don’t have a Trainers’ Library membership that includes the option to stream this film, members can purchase a DVD of the film from Trainers' Library.)
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this training for a second time today and it's so effective in helping people structure their feedback and is also hugely memorable! The session runs really well and I used it in conjunction with the "why feedback matters" and "Introduction to feedback" materials in a 3 hour virtual session. I'd definitely recommend for all levels of managers as it gets some great conversation started about how not to do things...and how to of course!
|
|
Elaine Stephens
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
This module was such fun! I ran it for a sales and marketing team remotely over zoom and it ran really well. The film prompted some really passionate discussions and they loved the AID model for it's simplicity and the way that it helps them to plan their feedback so that's it very objective. The materials were so easy to use and the team came away with some great actions and commitments to use the AID model to give feedback in the future.
|
|
Elaine Stephens
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the importance of trust and how easily it is lost.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To explore the importance of trust and how easily it is lost.
Group Size:
Suitable for use with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• A whistle or bell (optional) to let the group know when to stop.
• A selection of small prizes.
Notes:
This provides an interesting insight into how tribalism, based on fear, is created and the implications of that. If you don’t have sufficient space to allow you to leave the room, pre-prepare some slips of paper to distribute to participants to let them know if they are human or alien. Emphasise that they are to keep their status a secret from everyone else.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this icebreaker available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
A great activity to build trust between team members at the beginning of a long term programme
|
|
Clare Bell
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
I used this ice-breaker with a newly formed project group that was going to work on organisational culture, values, and behaviours.
It was the perfect activity, with the team making lots of assumptions about who an alien was due to their behaviour, body language, etc.
I helped the team open up the topic of assumptions and trust and linked nicely into the day ahead.
I liked it as it was easy to set up - no resources needed and gave me so much information that we could refer to throughout the day.
At the end of the day, the delegates all stated that they loved the activity - so it's one that I will definitely be using again.
Thanks Trainers Library for a great Ice Breaker.
|
|
Pauline Weddell
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
We used this activity when our team had grown very quickly and there were signs of there being a few cracks. It led to a facilitated conversation about misinterpreting others and how its easy to make assumptions based on nothing. A really good activity to open up a really tough conversation
|
|
Katie Hastie
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
I downloaded the Alien Invasion activity for a team building event with one of our departments, to embed the need for trust within the team and to build effectiveness in times of change. It went down really well, we went from a group of 20 people who had raised trust, honesty, transparency, and communication as key values/requirements within the team, to a roomful of suspicious, judgemental and distrusting individuals that were certain of who the “Aliens” were. There were a lot of laughs along the way but the realisation that they were all human was classic, and definitely a light bulb moment for applying all the values raised previously and not jumping on the assumption wagon. An excellent and fun activity that helped land the aims of the day. I also got some great feedback about the event from the department Director who also attended. Thanks for providing great content.
|
|
Joyce Macleod
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
I used Alien Invasion at a recent team day, and it went down a storm! It was fun and helped us to land some serious points about communication and trust.
|
|
Julie Terry
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the importance of trust and how easily it is lost.
About
Time:
The exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To explore the importance of trust and how easily it is lost.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided, though you might like to send small prizes to participants in the ‘winning’ team.
Notes:
This provides an interesting insight into how tribalism, based on fear, is created and the implications of that. This activity works best with groups of up to about 8 participants. If you have a large group of 10 or more, we recommend splitting them into 2 smaller groups for the activity.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of asking a mix of open and closed questions to gain a clear and accurate understanding of a situation.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of asking a mix of open and closed questions to gain a clear and accurate understanding of a situation.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• All three of the Activity Links in Trainers’ Library and your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
• To decide how participants will send their questions to you. (Normally this will be by email or text.)
Notes:
This can be a very useful exercise for salespeople, or anyone who needs to select and ask great questions in order to effectively gather information.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this activity today as the closing item for our physiotherapy department's virtual quarterly meeting. The attendees were in a hybrid setting, with about 40 people across 10 different locations, some on their own laptop, and others sharing a screen between up to 6 of them. Even with this unusual set-up, the activity was a great success! The energy in the breakout rooms (after the initial silence as they concentrated on reading the instructions) was fantastic. It was great mood lift after strategy and team updates.
I tweaked the timings a little, giving them 9 minutes to get their questions in and 12 minutes before they were automatically brought back to the main room (rather than the respective 6 minutes and 10 minutes in the instructions). I think this extra time was necessary, as it made allowances for technology hiccups such as delays in links opening and chat messages to come through. It also takes longer than expected for participants to fully understand the activity (some of them were trying to start composing questions before they had even clicked next and seen the aliens!)
This activity was also easy to adapt for the audience; for example as the final discussion question I asked "How can our choice of questions help during a patient assessment?"
In short: a brilliant light-hearted, fun activity that gets teams laughing while still having meaningful application to a variety of job roles and responsibilities.
|
|
Clare Riley
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To provide participants with a challenge that tests participants’ abilities to work together to solve a problem.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 30 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 40 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To provide participants with a challenge that tests participants’ abilities to work together to solve a problem.
Group Size:
Suitable for use with groups of any size.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, especially those working together in teams (or who soon will be).
You'll Need:
• Plenty of clear space for the activity and a way of marking the start and finish line of the racetrack. And for each team:
• Two postal tubes (stoppers removed).
• Two golf balls.
• Six eggs.
• A flipchart pen.
Notes:
This training activity can get messy, so it is best run outside in an open space. You should also check if any participants have an allergy to eggs. If so, they can assist you in observing.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To enable participants to be able to define coaching and its purpose.
• To explain the key differences between coaching and mentoring.
• To enable participants to describe a basic coaching model.
• To identify the core skills required by effective coaches.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To enable participants to be able to define coaching and its purpose.
• To explain the key differences between coaching and mentoring.
• To enable participants to describe a basic coaching model.
• To identify the core skills required by effective coaches.
Group Size:
This module can be used with individuals as well as groups of up to 12 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms if you have more than 4 participants.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To energise a group.
• To test participants’ abilities to work together quickly to solve a simple problem.
• To introduce the concept of continuous improvement.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 20 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To energise a group.
• To test participants’ abilities to work together quickly to solve a simple problem.
• To introduce the concept of continuous improvement.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
All participants.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This simple activity is one you can return to several times in your training to demonstrate the principles of continuous improvement. Provided you have more than one team, this activity adds an extra dimension to the remote delivery module, ‘Hands Up, Line Up!’ by encouraging participants to reflect on how a silo mentality might impact continuous improvement.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
The Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library is called ‘Hands Up, Line Up!’.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This is a really good activity and gets people thinking differently. It can be a difficult one to manage if numbers of learners suddenly change but thats just another example of problem solving
|
|
Laura Otten
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To review knowledge, share feedback or quiz participants.
• To assess current awareness of a situation or challenge.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To review knowledge, share feedback or quiz participants.
• To assess current awareness of a situation or challenge.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 24 participants.
Useful For:
Any situation where you want to inject some fun and humour whilst testing your participants’ knowledge or awareness.
You'll Need:
• To pre-prepare a series of questions, each with multiple answers.
Notes:
Developed to share customer feedback with our team, this is also a great activity to use in any situation where you want to run a quiz where questions have more than one answer. For example, you could use it to test participants’ knowledge of the main features of a product or service, or to remind teams of their successes.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library called Let's See if it's There.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To give participants an opportunity to practise new sales approaches.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To give participants an opportunity to practise new sales approaches.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone involved in sales.
You'll Need:
• The handouts provided.
Notes:
This exercise can be run at intervals in a sales course. It provides a simple opportunity for participants to practice what they’ve learnt.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To build an understanding of where apostrophes are required and where they are not.
• To build an understanding of where to place the apostrophe when the possessive noun is a plural.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To build an understanding of where apostrophes are required and where they are not.
• To build an understanding of where to place the apostrophe when the possessive noun is a plural.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module is suitable for staff at all levels. Misuse of apostrophes is one of the most common errors in business writing. This module makes apostrophe use clear and simple to understand.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To consider what constitutes unacceptable behaviour in the workplace.
• To encourage participants to think about the impact of their own behaviour on others.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To consider what constitutes unacceptable behaviour in the workplace.
• To encourage participants to think about the impact of their own behaviour on others.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, but especially supervisors and managers.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link provided and your unique PIN.
Notes:
This module makes the point that is the impact of behaviour that matters, not the intent. It includes a thought-provoking exercise that will promote discussion of the key learning points.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I've looked at this module before and thought about where and when I could introduce this into training within my organisation. Having been subject to an incident recently based on someone else's poor behaviour, it was a timely refresher to look back over the content to identify if there was anything new or significant I could take from it.
|
|
Jim Griffiths
rated this item with 4 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To provide an opportunity to explore a variety of situations experienced during the working day and consider how best to handle each one assertively.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To provide an opportunity to explore a variety of situations experienced during the working day and consider how best to handle each one assertively.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff up to managerial level.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To define assertiveness and identify the characteristics of assertive behaviour.
• To identify situations where participants find it difficult to be assertive.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To define assertiveness and identify the characteristics of assertive behaviour.
• To identify situations where participants find it difficult to be assertive.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To create a poll before the training session as per the Trainer’s Handout.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (essential).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the danger of making assumptions.
• To help participants understand how beliefs shape our beliefs and how these can lead to prejudice or false assumptions.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the danger of making assumptions.
• To help participants understand how beliefs shape our beliefs and how these can lead to prejudice or false assumptions.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff and managers at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To pre-prepare a poll/quiz based on the Trainer’s Handout.
• The Activity Link in Trainers’ Library.
• Your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Notes:
If you’d prefer to read the story to participants, we suggest that you rehearse reading it aloud a few times prior to delivery. This module has been endorsed by Show Racism the Red Card. "Having used the Witches of Glum activity for many years as part of our anti-racism training, we are yet to find an activity that so clearly and successfully demonstrates the power of external influence and unconscious bias on every single one of us. Not only is it suitable to use as a fun introduction to a very challenging topic such as racism, it is also extremely versatile and accessible to a wide range of ages. We will continue using Witches of Glum to challenge stereotypes and assumptions and would recommend it to anyone who wants to deliver a fun and engaging, but meaningful activity. This is a brilliant exercise and a fundamental part of our training!"
Show Racism The Red Card For more information about the great work this charity is doing to educate against racism, visit www.theredcard.org.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
• Breakout Rooms (see optional additional exercise).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This is a great fun activity with a lot of important points that can be highlighted in relation to listening skills, assumptions and our own unconscious biases. You can even see examples of 'group think' if you use online 'polling software' as you can observe people changing their answers as the activity progresses.
It's easy to run and even if people know what to expect (which they generally won't) the exercise still works to show how we make decisions on information we think we heard - but didn't!
Works well as an icebreaker or as a wider session on attention to detail or listening skills and also any other skill that relies on listening closely and not making assumptions such as coaching.
Highly recommended.
|
|
Mathew Clark
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore some of the challenges participants will face as a manager and how to approach them with the right balance of ethics and pragmatism.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 60 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore some of the challenges participants will face as a manager and how to approach them with the right balance of ethics and pragmatism.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Leadership and management skills (especially when managing for the first time), communication, assertiveness, empathy and problem solving.
Group Size:
We recommend a maximum of 12 participants for this exercise.
Useful For:
Learners who are brand new managers (or very soon will be), particularly if they have been promoted from within the team.
You'll Need:
To prepare your chosen collaborative whiteboard or PowerPoint in advance with:
• The ‘At a Crossroads’ game board image set as the background and locked.
• The car counter images (provided).
• A set of 3 ‘sticky notes’ for each team labelled Diversion 1, Diversion 2 and Diversion 3 that will be placed to the right of the gameboard image. You’ll also need:
• The Question and Suggested Answer handout (for the facilitator).
• 60 Second Timer.
• Facilitator Traffic Lights.
Notes:
This exercise is suitable for use with groups of up to 12 participants. It is run as a competitive game, which is a race to the finish and played in 2-4 teams with 2-3 players in each team. We do not recommend having teams with more than 3 participants. All the scenarios contained in the handout are based on actual experiences faced by managers in their first year of managing a team. It is a particularly useful exercise for people who have been promoted from within the team to become the manager and who are struggling to adapt to their new role with people who were once their peers. We recommend using Miro for this activity due to the functionality available, but it is possible to run the activity using other collaborative whiteboard solutions or PowerPoint, if preferred.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (recommended).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore some of the challenges participants will face as a trainer and encourage trainers to reflect on how they’d approach them.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 60 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore some of the challenges participants will face as a trainer and encourage trainers to reflect on how they’d approach them.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Training delivery skills, facilitation skills, communication skills, influence and persuasion, planning and preparation, creative thinking and problem solving.
Group Size:
We recommend a maximum of 12 participants for this exercise.
Useful For:
New trainers or those looking to build their skills and review challenges they might face or have faced.
You'll Need:
To prepare your chosen collaborative whiteboard or PowerPoint in advance with:
• The ‘At a Crossroads’ game board image set as the background and locked.
• The car counter images (provided).
• A set of 3 ‘sticky notes’ for each team labelled Diversion 1, Diversion 2 and Diversion 3 that will be placed to the right of the gameboard image. You’ll also need:
• The Question and Suggested Answer handout (for the facilitator).
• 60 Second Timer.
• Facilitator Traffic Lights.
Notes:
This exercise is suitable for use with groups of up to 12 participants. It is run as a competitive game, which is a race to the finish and played in 2-4 teams with 2-3 players in each team. We do not recommend having teams with more than 3 participants. All the scenarios contained in the handout are based on actual experiences faced by trainers. We recommend using Miro for this activity due to the functionality available, but it is possible to run the activity using other collaborative whiteboard solutions or PowerPoint, if preferred.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (recommended).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore some of the challenges participants will face whilst managing the performance of individuals in their team.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 60 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore some of the challenges participants will face whilst managing the performance of individuals in their team.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Leadership and management skills, communication, assertiveness, empathy and problem solving.
Group Size:
We recommend a maximum of 12 participants for this exercise.
Useful For:
Anyone who is responsible for the performance of others, or who soon will be.
You'll Need:
To prepare your chosen collaborative whiteboard or PowerPoint in advance with:
• The ‘At a Crossroads’ game board image set as the background and locked.
• The car counter images (provided).
• A set of 3 ‘sticky notes’ for each team labelled Diversion 1, Diversion 2 and Diversion 3 that will be placed to the right of the game board image. You’ll also need:
• The Question and Suggested Answer handout (for the facilitator).
• 60 Second Timer.
• Facilitator Traffic Lights.
Notes:
This exercise is suitable for use with groups of up to 12 participants. It is run as a competitive game, which is a race to the finish and played in 2-4 teams with 2-3 players in each team. We do not recommend having teams with more than 3 participants. We recommend using Miro for this activity due to the functionality available, but it is possible to run the activity using other collaborative whiteboard solutions or PowerPoint, if preferred.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (recommended).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To understand the importance of delegating authority appropriately to other colleagues.
• To introduce the Tannenbaum and Schmidt Continuum to illustrate the benefits of different levels of authority and freedom in different situations.
• To reflect on when it’s appropriate to delegate authority and how much.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To understand the importance of delegating authority appropriately to other colleagues.
• To introduce the Tannenbaum and Schmidt Continuum to illustrate the benefits of different levels of authority and freedom in different situations.
• To reflect on when it’s appropriate to delegate authority and how much.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Those who have responsibility for other staff, or who will do very soon.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links together with your unique PIN, which you’ll find in My Account.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This well written activity is an excellent way to develop participants' understanding of the leadership continuum. The case study provokes valuable discussion and encourages participants to reflect on their own approach to typical management situations. It is also useful when working with a less experienced group who don't have a lot of personal examples to bring to a discussion or for those who are reluctant to discuss their own scenarios.
I have sometimes asked the group to plan what sort of conversations they would have with the various personalities in the case-study so they can practice feedback and managing performance.
|
|
Deborah Wain
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on what they’ve learnt.
• To identify the group’s key learning points.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on what they’ve learnt.
• To identify the group’s key learning points.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Resources for participants to use to create their ‘cake’. This could be access to the internet and PowerPoint etc., or a variety of art resources to create a physical representation.
Notes:
This is a review activity for train the trainer training, but it can also be adapted and used in other situations where you want people to reflect on how they’re going to use the key ingredients from the training they’ve experienced and apply them in the workplace.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on what they’ve learnt.
• To identify the group’s key learning points.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on what they’ve learnt.
• To identify the group’s key learning points.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
Notes:
This is a review activity for train the trainer training, but it can also be adapted and used in other situations where you want people to reflect on how they’re going to use the key ingredients from the training they’ve experienced and apply them in the workplace.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (recommended).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify key barriers to effective communication.
• To explore why such barriers exist.
• To identify 'good practice' principles that will help avoid barriers to communication.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify key barriers to effective communication.
• To explore why such barriers exist.
• To identify 'good practice' principles that will help avoid barriers to communication.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff up to supervisor/team leader level.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify what gets in the way of internal customer service.
• To consider ways to reduce or eliminate the barriers to internal customer care.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module will take about 30 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 55 minutes to complete this module.
Aims:
• To identify what gets in the way of internal customer service.
• To consider ways to reduce or eliminate the barriers to internal customer care.
Group Size:
This module is suitable for use with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Post its, pens and flip chart paper.
• The Activity Link and your PIN.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify what gets in the way of internal customer service.
• To consider ways to reduce or eliminate the barriers to internal customer care.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify what gets in the way of internal customer service.
• To consider ways to reduce or eliminate the barriers to internal customer care.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link and your PIN.
• To have created a blank Miro board (though you can use a whiteboard if you prefer).
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 90 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about how they would introduce a change programme.
• To consider the importance of establishing a sense that change is essential, and urgent.
• To encourage participants to think about how they’ll sustain change.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 90 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about how they would introduce a change programme.
• To consider the importance of establishing a sense that change is essential, and urgent.
• To encourage participants to think about how they’ll sustain change.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Managers.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link and your PIN.
• A collaborative Whiteboard set up for each team; we suggest using Miro, however, PowerPoint can be used as an alternative if preferred.
Notes:
The primary aim of this exercise is to encourage participants to think about how they would introduce and communicate the need for change, and how they would manage the process of change, rather than to think, in detail, about what changes need to be made. However, if you prefer to give this exercise a broader perspective to include elements of strategic thinking and project management, you may wish to give participants longer in order to think about and plan in some detail, how they would change the remote selling operation in Beastly Barbecues, as well as how they’d then communicate and manage that change programme.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (recommended).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To consider the link between attitudes and beliefs, and results.
• To identify the need to take responsibility for our own results.
• To build an understanding of what individuals might be capable of, if they adopt a positive attitude, and push themselves a little more.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To consider the link between attitudes and beliefs, and results.
• To identify the need to take responsibility for our own results.
• To build an understanding of what individuals might be capable of, if they adopt a positive attitude, and push themselves a little more.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This exercise includes mention of the story of Malala Yousafzai. Depending upon your audience, you may wish to substitute it for another story that resonates with your participants. If you do use a different story, it is important that you choose ones that will be well known to your participants and which will highlight an individual who has overcome significant hardship to achieve something of genuine importance.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on the learning around diversity, equity and inclusion they’ve experienced.
• To review the key learning points from the training.
• To encourage participants to think about what this means for their workplace.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on the learning around diversity, equity and inclusion they’ve experienced.
• To review the key learning points from the training.
• To encourage participants to think about what this means for their workplace.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To provide participants with access to a variety of art materials in many colours. We also suggest suppling a range of people magazines, newspapers and other materials they can use as a source of images or other elements for their posters.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on the learning around diversity, equity and inclusion they’ve experienced.
• To review the key learning points from the training.
• To encourage participants to think about what this means for their workplace.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 40 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on the learning around diversity, equity and inclusion they’ve experienced.
• To review the key learning points from the training.
• To encourage participants to think about what this means for their workplace.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Participants will need access to PowerPoint or a collaborative whiteboard, using a system like Miro (our recommended solution), in which to create their poster.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (required - if preferred).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To explain and clarify the key rules of brainstorming.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explain and clarify the key rules of brainstorming.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Junior staff or those unfamiliar with brainstorming as an idea generation technique.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
You may come across participants who question the use of the word brainstorming, and suggest it is offensive to people who suffer epilepsy. Our research indicates that the concern over the word brainstorming is something of an urban myth. Charities representing those who suffer from epilepsy say they have asked people suffering from epilepsy and concluded that the word brainstorming does not cause concern. Indeed, the word bears no relation to what actually happens to someone suffering epilepsy.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To reflect on how a team or organisation is viewed by its employees and customers.
• To consider a team or organisation’s strengths and weaknesses.
• To generate discussion about how to develop strengths and overcome weaknesses.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To reflect on how a team or organisation is viewed by its employees and customers.
• To consider a team or organisation’s strengths and weaknesses.
• To generate discussion about how to develop strengths and overcome weaknesses.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Managers at all levels and/or their teams.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link provided and your unique PIN.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To highlight the absurdity of categorising people by one shared characteristic.
• To illustrate how putting people in boxes highlights differences.
• To highlight the similarities between people that unite us.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To highlight the absurdity of categorising people by one shared characteristic.
• To illustrate how putting people in boxes highlights differences.
• To highlight the similarities between people that unite us.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of between 7 and 12 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels
You'll Need:
• To prepare a whiteboard before the session, following the guidance provided. We recommend using Miro.
Notes:
Recommended for groups of 7 or more, though you might be able to use it with slightly smaller teams initially separated into two distinct groups. If you can, find out enough from your participants before they attend to be able to put them into three or four groups of about equal size. We suggest grouping your participants by any of these:
• Gender.
• Where they were born (For example, North or South, City, Town or Rural).
• Level of education.
• Age. Do not group participants by ethnicity, religion, sexual orientation etc.
This exercise shamelessly borrows from and is inspired by this brilliant film, directed by Asger Leth.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• Test analytical skills and encourage clear thinking.
• Test participants’ attention to detail, individually or collectively, and to test levels of accuracy under pressure.
• Allow participants to work together to solve a specific problem.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• Test analytical skills and encourage clear thinking.
• Test participants’ attention to detail, individually or collectively, and to test levels of accuracy under pressure.
• Allow participants to work together to solve a specific problem.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Analytical skills, attention to detail, problem solving, teamwork.
Group Size:
We recommend placing participants into teams of 2–4 for this exercise. However, strictly speaking there is no minimum number of participants – this exercise can even be used to test individual skills.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link in Trainers’ Library and your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Notes:
In this exercise participants are presented with a lot of information and success will depend on their ability to approach the problem in a structured, methodical way and work effectively under pressure. This exercise can also be used to examine the role of leaders within teams. If you wish to use the exercise in this way, you might want to pre-assign the role of leader to someone from each team.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required - if more than one team).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the nature of delegation, why it’s important and the opportunities it presents.
• To encourage participants to begin to think about what effective delegation looks like.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the nature of delegation, why it’s important and the opportunities it presents.
• To encourage participants to begin to think about what effective delegation looks like.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• At least some of your participants will need access to PowerPoint and basic knowledge of how to use PowerPoint.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of determination in building resilience.
• To identify what determination is and where it comes from.
• To list some of the key factors that help make people more determined.
• To identify ways to become more determined.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of determination in building resilience.
• To identify what determination is and where it comes from.
• To list some of the key factors that help make people more determined.
• To identify ways to become more determined.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff and managers at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of taking a step back and understanding our role in the relationships we have with others at work.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of taking a step back and understanding our role in the relationships we have with others at work.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff up to supervisor/team leader level.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants abilities to see the bigger picture.
• To reflect on the impact a silo mentality can have on organisational performance.
• To test teamwork, collaboration and communication skills.
• To illustrate the importance of trust in team and organisational success.
About
Time:
This game can be played in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion and evaluation, we recommend allowing 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants abilities to see the bigger picture.
• To reflect on the impact a silo mentality can have on organisational performance.
• To test teamwork, collaboration and communication skills.
• To illustrate the importance of trust in team and organisational success.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Analytical skills, strategic thinking, attention to detail, problem solving, teamwork, collaboration, communication skills, trust.
Group Size:
You will need a minimum of three and a maximum of four teams for this activity. We recommend creating teams of 2–3 although you could have people playing individually too. If you have more than 12 participants, we recommend having multiple games running at the same time, to avoid teams becoming too large.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, but particularly perhaps those new to management and leadership roles.
You'll Need:
• The optional complete game pack. Or • The game board and counters.
• A die.
• A set of movement cards for each team.
• A bag. (If you have the game pack, you can use the one the cards come in.)
• A copy of the team brief for each team.
Notes:
Although the teams are offered preparation time, they don’t have to use it all, in which case the game could end more quickly (probably with a less successful result than might have been achieved with more teamwork/collaboration). If teams don’t use the preparation time, it’s likely there’ll be more to discuss afterwards, so overall timings are likely to be similar. We have provided a more eco friendly 'low ink' version of the game board and cards to reduce ink usage when printing.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this in a recent induction programme for a talent programme and it was a great way to discuss teamwork, the impact of being over competitive with each other and trust.
|
|
Clare Bell
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the kind of behaviours that are needed to be an effective contributor to online meetings or conference calls.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To explore the kind of behaviours that are needed to be an effective contributor to online meetings or conference calls.
Group Size:
Can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Flipchart, pens and sticky notes for all participants.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the kind of behaviours that are needed to be an effective contributor to online meetings or conference calls.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 22 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the kind of behaviours that are needed to be an effective contributor to online meetings or conference calls.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore why difficult conversations can be necessary and form part of healthy working relationships.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 5 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 20 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To explore why difficult conversations can be necessary and form part of healthy working relationships.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore why difficult conversations can be necessary and form part of healthy working relationships.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore why difficult conversations can be necessary and form part of healthy working relationships.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link provided and your unique Pin, which you’ll find in ‘My Account’ section of the member homepage.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
Great bite size session encouraging participants to recognise their options of speaking up even when they may find it a challenge. Noting that nothing will change unless they find a way to discuss (in the right way) with the correct people.
|
|
Laura Cronin
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore how participants feel about a variety of changes.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To explore how participants feel about a variety of changes.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To create a poll before the training session as per the Trainer’s Handout.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (essential).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore how different participants feel about and respond to change at work.
• To help participants understand why they may react differently to change outside of the workplace.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore how different participants feel about and respond to change at work.
• To help participants understand why they may react differently to change outside of the workplace.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link and your PIN.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on challenges they’ve faced and identify what they’ve learnt from them.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 20 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on challenges they’ve faced and identify what they’ve learnt from them.
Group Size:
Suitable for use with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Everyone.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This activity was written as a way to reflect on and move forward from the pandemic of 2020. However, it can be easily adapted and used not just to review a year, but, for example, a challenging experience or significant change that participants have been through. This can be a useful way to launch training around resilience, change or a planning session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this ice-breaker activity at my Change Management workshop. The delegates were all really engaged with it, and it generated lots of great reflections and conversations about where people felt they had been with change and where they were with it now. Delegates reflected at the end of the day that they had enjoyed this activity and how it had helped them to discover just how much change they have dealt with over the years.
|
|
Pauline Weddell
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on challenges they’ve faced and identify what they’ve learnt from them.
About
Time:
The exercise in this icebreaker can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on challenges they’ve faced and identify what they’ve learnt from them.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Everyone
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This activity was written as a way to reflect on and move forward from the pandemic of 2020. However, it can be easily adapted and used not just to review a year, but, for example, a challenging experience or significant change that participants have been through. This can be a useful way to launch training around resilience, change or a planning session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this activity for a team today! It went really well and especially so close to Christmas. I used as an icebreaker at the start of a team building session. It was great at getting people to open up and to be reflective.
|
|
Elaine Stephens
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the importance of using clear and simple language when communicating with others.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 15 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the importance of using clear and simple language when communicating with others.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The PowerPoint and Handout ready to share with participants.
• A stopwatch or timer.
Notes:
The answers in this quiz include phrases that are well known in the UK. Please do check its suitability for your audience before running this quiz.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To consider the pitfalls and dangers of giving advice when helping staff solve their own problems.
• To consider the dangers of making judgements or assumptions about the nature of someone else’s problem.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To consider the pitfalls and dangers of giving advice when helping staff solve their own problems.
• To consider the dangers of making judgements or assumptions about the nature of someone else’s problem.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Managers and team leaders.
You'll Need:
• To create the poll in advance of the training session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To remind participants of the GROW model and what each letter stands for.
• To encourage participants to reflect upon how they’ll continue to develop their coaching skills and create an action plan using the GROW model.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To remind participants of the GROW model and what each letter stands for.
• To encourage participants to reflect upon how they’ll continue to develop their coaching skills and create an action plan using the GROW model.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
An excellent, short, exercise to highlight the four elements of the GROW model and to help coaches consider their CPD and any associated action planning they need to implement. I used this exercise recently on a 1-2-1 as part of a coaching discussion, so useful to consider using this for coaching clients and other development opportunities also.
|
|
Gill Hannah
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To reflect on how well participants work together in a competitive situation.
• To re-energise a group.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 15 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To reflect on how well participants work together in a competitive situation.
• To re-energise a group.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• One set of the Colour Confusion Cards per team, which you will need to cut out beforehand.
Notes:
This game is best played in teams with between 3 and 5 participants in each. Please note, this exercise may not be suitable if you have participants who suffer from colour-blindness, or who are visually impaired.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To reflect on how well participants work together in a competitive situation.
• To re-energise a group.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 15 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To reflect on how well participants work together in a competitive situation.
• To re-energise a group.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link and PIN.
• The PowerPoint example slide.
Notes:
This game is best played in teams with between 3 and 5 participants in each. Please note, this exercise may not be suitable if you have participants who suffer from colour-blindness, or who are visually impaired.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants accuracy under pressure when working in teams.
• To reflect on how they could have improved their performance.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To test participants accuracy under pressure when working in teams.
• To reflect on how they could have improved their performance.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link and PIN.
• The PowerPoint slides of examples.
Notes:
This game is best played in teams with 3-5 participants in each. Please note, this exercise may not be suitable if you have participants who suffer from colour-blindness, or who are visually impaired.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore how accurate participants can be when working under pressure.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore how accurate participants can be when working under pressure.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link and PIN.
• The PowerPoint slides of examples.
Notes:
This is a more demanding version of the Colour Confusion activities that can be used as a follow-on. This game is best played in teams with 2-3 participants in each. Please note, this exercise may not be suitable if you have participants who suffer from colour-blindness, or who are visually impaired.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore how accurate participants can be when working under pressure.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 5 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 20 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To explore how accurate participants can be when working under pressure.
Group Size:
Can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• One set of the Name, Colour and Shape Cards per team, which you will need to cut out beforehand.
Notes:
This is a more demanding version of the Colour Confusion activity that can be used as a follow-on. This game is best played in teams with 2-3 participants in each. Please note, this exercise may not be suitable if you have participants who suffer from colour-blindness, or who are visually impaired.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about where things go wrong.
• To identify behaviours to avoid.
• To encourage discussion about the behaviour(s) being explored in the following training.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about where things go wrong.
• To identify behaviours to avoid.
• To encourage discussion about the behaviour(s) being explored in the following training.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 24 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Enough space for small teams to work separately.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about where things go wrong.
• To identify behaviours to avoid.
• To encourage discussion about the behaviour(s) being explored in the following training.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about where things go wrong.
• To identify behaviours to avoid.
• To encourage discussion about the behaviour(s) being explored in the following training.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 35 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the significance of body language in communication.
• To encourage participants to think about the difficulties the lack of body language creates when communicating by telephone.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 35 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the significance of body language in communication.
• To encourage participants to think about the difficulties the lack of body language creates when communicating by telephone.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
The subjects used in the exercise are deliberately controversial so it is advisable that you do not pair people together who you believe may struggle to get along together.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To agree what success looks like for everyone.
• To establish effective working relationships within groups or teams.
• To create a vision statement for the team.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To agree what success looks like for everyone.
• To establish effective working relationships within groups or teams.
• To create a vision statement for the team.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels working in a team. It is particularly well suited to new teams formed for a fixed period to manage/implement a project.
You'll Need:
• To have pre-prepared a collaborative whiteboard for the session. We recommend using Miro and for those unfamiliar with this solution, there is an article in Trainers’ Library called Using Miro to help you.
Notes:
This module allows the group to share ideas and agree some common aims and values before creating a shared vision. It can be used as a stand-alone activity or combined with others to form a longer event. The module Achieving a Shared Vision naturally leads on from this module. If you have fewer than 6 participants, split the group into 2 teams and create a Jamboard that has just two columns rather than three.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• Explore how participants can take a more creative approach to problem solving.
• Demonstrate a creative way for participants to share their workplace challenges.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 5 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 25 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• Explore how participants can take a more creative approach to problem solving.
• Demonstrate a creative way for participants to share their workplace challenges.
Group Size:
This activity can be used with groups of between 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• A selection of drawing equipment for each participant.
• A blindfold for each participant (optional).
Notes:
This icebreaker is designed to be run at the start of a session to encourage your participants to take a more creative approach to problem solving. You’ll need to contact participants a few days prior to the session to ask them to think about any work-based challenges they face and to record their top three to bring with them.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore how participants can take a more creative approach to problem solving.
• To demonstrate a creative way for participants to share their workplace challenges.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 5 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore how participants can take a more creative approach to problem solving.
• To demonstrate a creative way for participants to share their workplace challenges.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• To ask participants bring a selection of drawing equipment.
• For each participant to have a blindfold or scarf (optional).
Notes:
This icebreaker is designed to be run at the start of a session to encourage your participants to take a more creative approach to problem solving. You’ll need to contact participants a few days prior to the session to ask them to think about any work-based challenges they face and to record their top three to bring with them.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the process of creative problem solving.
• To explain the role of idea generation and other creative thinking techniques.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the process of creative problem solving.
• To explain the role of idea generation and other creative thinking techniques.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module provides an introductory overview of a creative problem solving process. Trainers' Library contains many practical modules for developing the skills required for each stage, including modules that introduce techniques for generating, exploring and evaluating ideas.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 35 minutes.
Aims:
• To give participants an opportunity to design an innovative icebreaker or energiser exercise that can be delivered remotely.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 35 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To give participants an opportunity to design an innovative icebreaker or energiser exercise that can be delivered remotely.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone involved in designing or delivering training, or who soon will be.
You'll Need:
• *See note under Set Up in the Trainer’s Notes.
Notes:
This module involves designing a short training exercise. In addition to the time shown above, you’ll need to allow about 10 minutes for each team to deliver their new activity, but these do not need to be run consecutively. You might prefer to ask them to run their sessions at different points in the training, so they act as energisers.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (may be required*).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 35 minutes.
Aims:
• To reflect on how creative participants currently feel, and when they felt most creative.
• To discuss what might prevent people feeling creative.
• To reflect on what we need from ourselves and others in order to feel creative.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 35 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To reflect on how creative participants currently feel, and when they felt most creative.
• To discuss what might prevent people feeling creative.
• To reflect on what we need from ourselves and others in order to feel creative.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
Notes:
If you don’t have the ability to create a poll, you could run this module, asking participants to submit their answers to your two questions in chat.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (recommended - see note).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider existing attitudes towards creativity.
• To encourage participants to consider the culture/environment in which they work, and its impact upon creative thinking.
• To encourage participants to consider the extent to which creative thinking skills exist within their organisation.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module will take about 40 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 75 minutes to complete this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider existing attitudes towards creativity.
• To encourage participants to consider the culture/environment in which they work, and its impact upon creative thinking.
• To encourage participants to consider the extent to which creative thinking skills exist within their organisation.
Group Size:
This module is suitable for use with groups of any size.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
The module provides participants with an opportunity to reflect on where they think the organisation(s) they work for are in terms of encouraging and embracing creativity and innovation. The questionnaire is not scientific, and the results will only reflect participants’ current perceptions of the organisation they work in, which might be very different to those of other people. The questionnaire can be sent to participants for completion prior to the training or completed during the training itself. If you decide to give the questionnaire to participants during the training, it is probably best to do this early on, as an introductory session. If you have any concerns about the team’s ability or willingness to share their feelings openly and honestly, distribute the handout before the training session, with a clear deadline for returning it to you. Emphasise that the results will be collated and shared anonymously. Before the training session, collate the results and calculate the average scores. This approach will reduce the time needed to run this module by 10 minutes.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider existing attitudes towards creativity.
• To encourage participants to consider the culture/environment in which they work, and its impact upon creative thinking.
• To encourage participants to consider the extent to which creative thinking skills exist within their organisation.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider existing attitudes towards creativity.
• To encourage participants to consider the culture/environment in which they work, and its impact upon creative thinking.
• To encourage participants to consider the extent to which creative thinking skills exist within their organisation.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
The module provides participants with an opportunity to reflect on where they think the organisation(s) they work for are in terms of encouraging and embracing creativity and innovation. If you have any concerns about the team’s ability or willingness to share their feelings openly and honestly, distribute the handout before the training session, with a clear deadline for returning it to you. Emphasise that the results will be collated and shared anonymously. Before the training session, collate the results and calculate the average scores. This approach will reduce the time needed to run this module by 10 minutes.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore what creativity and innovation mean and how they differ.
• To consider the relationship between creativity and innovation and why both matters.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore what creativity and innovation mean and how they differ.
• To consider the relationship between creativity and innovation and why both matters.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants develop guidelines for dealing assertively with aggressive behaviour.
• To introduce the fogging technique as one way to assertively respond to aggressive behaviour.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants develop guidelines for dealing assertively with aggressive behaviour.
• To introduce the fogging technique as one way to assertively respond to aggressive behaviour.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
We recommend using this module only when participants are able to recognise the difference between aggressive, submissive and assertive behaviour. (See the module, What is Assertiveness?.) This module has two alternative handouts – one with work-based scenarios to discuss, and one with non-work-based scenarios.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This worked really well as part of handling difficult conversations training. It helped people recognise situations and know how to respond.
Love this material
|
|
Nicola Richardson
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
I've used this course module several times now and the opportunity to practice the fogging method really helps.
It is a simple and great module to help attendees with aggressiveness
|
|
Nicola Richardson
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how a decision matrix can be used, when trying to decide between various options.
• To demonstrate the importance of weighting different criteria when making decisions.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how a decision matrix can be used, when trying to decide between various options.
• To demonstrate the importance of weighting different criteria when making decisions.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff up to junior managers.
You'll Need:
• To create the polls based on that shown in the Trainer’s Handout.
• The Activity Link from Trainers’ Library and your PIN.
Notes:
This module introduces a simple scoring and weighting system to help the decision making process when choosing between several options. In this module we’ve used a fictional currency that consists of Unum and Centum. This means the exercise can be used in any country, and with international groups, without further adaptation. 100 Unum = 1 Centum.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 35 minutes.
Aims:
• To define success.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 35 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To define success.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Participants will need a sheet of plain paper to hand and ideally, some colour pens or pencils.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce participants to the subject of delegation.
• To explore what constitutes effective and ineffective delegation.
• To consider best practice when delegating.
• To identify some pitfalls to avoid when delegating.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce participants to the subject of delegation.
• To explore what constitutes effective and ineffective delegation.
• To consider best practice when delegating.
• To identify some pitfalls to avoid when delegating.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Team leaders and managers.
You'll Need:
• To ensure that participants have a number of sheets of blank A4 paper.
• You’ll also need to ensure participants can receive and open the briefs with the instructions for the task when you send it to them. As a contingency, ensure you have each participant’s email address so that the files can be sent that way if necessary.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the difference between optimistic and pessimistic behaviour.
• To understand the kind of actions to take in order to be more optimistic.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To explore the difference between optimistic and pessimistic behaviour.
• To understand the kind of actions to take in order to be more optimistic.
Group Size:
Can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This activity can be run on its own or as a follow on to The Charity Challenge.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the difference between optimistic and pessimistic behaviour.
• To understand the kind of actions to take in order to be more optimistic.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the difference between optimistic and pessimistic behaviour.
• To understand the kind of actions to take in order to be more optimistic.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This activity can be run on its own or as a follow on to The Charity Challenge.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (optional).
• Breakout Rooms (essential).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To illustrate the importance of customer service.
• To demonstrate how little changes can have a big impact to customers’ perception of the service they receive.
• To illustrate the importance of people to customer service.
• To identify improvements that can be made to customer service within the participants’ teams/organisation.
About
Time:
The exercises in this module will take about 50 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 75 minutes to complete this module.
Aims:
• To illustrate the importance of customer service.
• To demonstrate how little changes can have a big impact to customers’ perception of the service they receive.
• To illustrate the importance of people to customer service.
• To identify improvements that can be made to customer service within the participants’ teams/organisation.
Group Size:
This module is suitable for use with groups of up to 15 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links and your PIN.
• A mobile device for each team (laptop/tablet/mobile phone) that can receive emails and play sound.
• Breakout space for each team to listen to the story in the Activity Link without being overheard.
Notes:
Most of us have stopped in hotels. This simple, yet powerful, exercise uses those experiences to demonstrate how little things count when delivering excellent customer service.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
We recently used the Diamond or Glass for our client centre employees. Having the difference experiences really engaged the team and it was very practical and well-structured. The conversation and learning they took from the session was invaluable. Overall, the course delivered useful tools, reinforced best practice skills, and left the team feeling more prepared and motivated to deliver excellent service.
|
|
Michelle Maidens
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
This is an excellent activity.
Many times, customer service people, blame the process, product or price. They claim that is what makes the difference and their hands are tied. This activity completely debunks that theory. It shows that it is the human interactions and touch points, that really matter. How service staff, treat and talk to their customers and clients, are the moments that matter. It is these interactions that hugely influence the customer experience.
I highly recommend that you use this activity, for any customer or client service training.
|
|
Andrew Kitton
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
A brilliant exercise used as part of a one day workshop in Delivering Excellent Service. It really opens the eyes to the participants how different attitudes come across and how it makes people feel.
|
|
Lottie Skuthe-Cook
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
I used this module just this weekend, with a little twist, I gave two separate
groups of participants a script each, taken from the two scenarios a week ahead of time and asked them to act out the scenes. It was very effective as it brought out "how bad service looks" and led to very good discussions on the cost and benefits of going the extra mile.
PS: the entire room also enjoyed the mini skits and some of the "actors" even brought along props.
|
|
Nadia Mardenborough
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
An excellent exercise used in 'Professional receptionist 'training. Much discussion generated by the two different / parallel scenarios and delegates agreed that this was an effective way of demonstrating that customer care can cost nothing other than a positive attitude!
Robert Corteen
|
|
Robert Corteen
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
This case study worked very well during a 2 hour session on exceptional customer care for 6 administrators whose jobs had changed to include telephone based customer service. I was skeptical about not telling them there were 2 versions of the case study at first, but this worked really well and they had lively debate about the differences once they realised. They agreed there was little difference in cost or effort but huge benefits in repeat business with the excellent customer service version. They then engaged in useful action planning to improve service from their own company (a beauty products retailer).
|
|
Melody McMillan
|
|
|
Diamond or Glass is a fantastic customer service exercise and works well for us. Also The Hungry Chick Inn has been very successful. They are both practical and travel well i.e., from the UK to Australia! Our people in the building industry can relate to both scenarios.
|
|
Previous Member
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To illustrate the importance of customer service.
• To demonstrate how little changes can have a big impact to customers’ perception of the service they receive.
• To illustrate the importance of people to customer service.
• To identify improvements that can be made to customer service within the participants’ teams/organisation.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To illustrate the importance of customer service.
• To demonstrate how little changes can have a big impact to customers’ perception of the service they receive.
• To illustrate the importance of people to customer service.
• To identify improvements that can be made to customer service within the participants’ teams/organisation.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links and your PIN.
Notes:
Demonstrates how little changes can make a big difference when it comes to customer service.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
Enjoyed this one, it was easy to follow as a facilitator but also the material got my groups thinking about the importance of a customers experience
|
|
Ash Newman
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To show participants a five-step model that will help them establish the need for a difficult conversation and plan for a successful outcome.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To show participants a five-step model that will help them establish the need for a difficult conversation and plan for a successful outcome.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To show participants a five-step model that will help them establish the need for a difficult conversation and plan for a successful outcome.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To show participants a five-step model that will help them establish the need for a difficult conversation and plan for a successful outcome.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify the types of conversations that people find difficult.
• To explore the potential consequences of avoiding difficult conversations, managing them badly and of managing them effectively.
• To understand the importance of thinking about the purpose of a difficult conversation and preparing for it before it happens.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify the types of conversations that people find difficult.
• To explore the potential consequences of avoiding difficult conversations, managing them badly and of managing them effectively.
• To understand the importance of thinking about the purpose of a difficult conversation and preparing for it before it happens.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, but particularly managers.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants prepare for conversations they find difficult and approach them in a way that is more likely to achieve a positive outcome.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants prepare for conversations they find difficult and approach them in a way that is more likely to achieve a positive outcome.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels but particular managers.
You'll Need:
• To remind participants to bring the questions they produced in Difficult Conversations 1 – Why They Need Thinking About, if you used this session, or send them Handout 1 in advance of the training session if you haven’t.
Notes:
The exercise in this session involves splitting the group into small teams. However, if you have 5 or fewer participants, you can keep them together in one team, in which case a breakout room is not essential. This module can also be used as the basis for a 1:1 coaching exercise/discussion.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required - see Notes).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
Participants found this exercise helpful to plan for a variety of conversations including managing upwards. This exercise added value to the course I ran for new managers.
|
|
Deborah Wain
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants conduct difficult conversations using language that is more likely to achieve a positive outcome for all.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants conduct difficult conversations using language that is more likely to achieve a positive outcome for all.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels and managers in particular.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided, though participants should be encouraged to bring the handouts from the earlier sessions on this topic if you’ve run them.
Notes:
This module is a natural follow on to Difficult Conversations 1 – Why They Need Thinking About and Difficult Conversations 2 – Planning and Preparation. This module can be used as the basis for a 1:1 coaching exercise/discussion.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
A very straightforward exercise to run virtually generating valuable learning. Promotes useful discussion and raises self-awareness
|
|
Deborah Wain
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To give participants the opportunity to practise planning and preparing for a difficult conversation.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To give participants the opportunity to practise planning and preparing for a difficult conversation.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels and managers in particular.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided, though participants should be encouraged to bring the handouts and work from earlier sessions.
Notes:
This module is a follow up to Difficult Conversations 1-3, and a natural conclusion to those. It reviews the previous work, introduces a structure for difficult conversations and provides a practical opportunity to plan for a real situation. The activity can be run as a remote training session, with participants working in pairs. However, if you prefer, you could brief participants by email and run this as a post training activity to be completed back in the workplace. If used in this way, we suggest you review each participant’s work in a follow up 1:1 coaching session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To create a situation where participants from one team have to manage/oversee the work of another involved in the same project, whilst completing their own tasks.
• To test leadership, information gathering and listening skills.
• To consider the pros and cons of different management approaches, particularly in times of change.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To create a situation where participants from one team have to manage/oversee the work of another involved in the same project, whilst completing their own tasks.
• To test leadership, information gathering and listening skills.
• To consider the pros and cons of different management approaches, particularly in times of change.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Please note that this activity uses the ability to leave breakout rooms and return to the main session available in Zoom, and the host’s ability to move people between breakout rooms. You may need to adapt this exercise if using a different system with different functionality.
Notes:
As well as useful in programs concerned with project management and change, this exercise can also be used as a general communication exercise, or in training concerned with internal customer care. You will need between 4 and 12 participants for this exercise. It can be helpful to have a co-host for this activity, though it’s not essential.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the importance of only using discounts at the appropriate point in the sales process and the risks of using them too soon.
• To help participants understand how buyers attach value and the relationship between value, desire and discounts.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the importance of only using discounts at the appropriate point in the sales process and the risks of using them too soon.
• To help participants understand how buyers attach value and the relationship between value, desire and discounts.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone involved in sales.
You'll Need:
• To prepare one set of Sales Process Cards for each team participating. (We recommend laminating the cards so they can be reused.)
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the importance of only using discounts at the appropriate point in the sales process and the risks of using them too soon.
• To help participants understand how buyers attach value and the relationship between value, desire and discounts.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the importance of only using discounts at the appropriate point in the sales process and the risks of using them too soon.
• To help participants understand how buyers attach value and the relationship between value, desire and discounts.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone involved in sales.
You'll Need:
• To pre-prepare a poll based on the Trainer’s Handout.
• The Activity Link in Trainers’ Library.
• Your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required, but not essential).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the views and attitudes of your participants on the subject of Equality and Diversity.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the views and attitudes of your participants on the subject of Equality and Diversity.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To create a poll before the training session as per the Trainer’s Handout.
Notes:
Whilst this can be run as a stand-alone exercise, this is also a great lead in to The Witches of Glum at the start of an Equality and Diversity training session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (essential).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
Good little exercise this one. Interesting results. Ideal for a quick session with a group who lack experience about this subject potentially.
|
|
Jim Griffiths
rated this item with 4 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To consider where people have a true sense of belonging and what that feels like.
• To explore the positive benefits of ‘belonging’.
• To explore how to create a sense of belonging at work.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To consider where people have a true sense of belonging and what that feels like.
• To explore the positive benefits of ‘belonging’.
• To explore how to create a sense of belonging at work.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
A discussion that encourages people to explore how it feels to belong.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of asking the right questions when trying to understand another’s perspective.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 25 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of asking the right questions when trying to understand another’s perspective.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Drawing equipment for your participants.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This is such a good activity, fun and makes for really effective learning. I used this as part of a training course to encourage phone based customer service people to ask more questions to build company brand awareness and spot opportunities to pass to sales.
|
|
Clare Bell
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
This is such a good activity, fun and makes for really effective learning. I used this as part of a training course to encourage phone based customer service people to ask more questions to build company brand awareness and spot opportunities to pass to sales.
|
|
Clare Bell
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
I used this virtually with a team as an icebreaker at the start of a course around successful business partnering. It worked really well to get people to think about the types of questions they need to ask their stakeholders. Great exercise!
|
|
Elaine Stephens
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
This is a great exercise for demonstrating the importance of thinking about the types of question you need to ask to get the information you need. It is also a fun activity, highly engaging and a great way to get energy levels back up during a session.
|
|
Louise Ramsey
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of asking the right questions when trying to understand another’s perspective.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of asking the right questions when trying to understand another’s perspective.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• To ensure participants have access to drawing equipment.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 100 minutes.
Aims:
• To develop an understanding of the importance of awareness of others, the second strand of emotional intelligence.
• To allow participants to practice empathy as a skill.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 80 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 100 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To develop an understanding of the importance of awareness of others, the second strand of emotional intelligence.
• To allow participants to practice empathy as a skill.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module forms Part 2 of a two-part introduction to emotional intelligence. This part examines interpersonal intelligence – being able to distinguish other people’s emotions, moods and temperaments. Emotional Intelligence – Self Awareness looks at intra-personal intelligence - self-awareness and the ability to notice and regulate or manage our own emotional state or mood. This module can also be used alone, for example as part of a customer service skills course, to explore the importance and value of empathy as a skill. Before using this module, it is important to have an understanding of emotional intelligence and the effects of discussing it with a group of participants. You will find Mike Bagshaw’s Article in Trainer’s Library useful for this.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 70 minutes.
Aims:
• To raise awareness of self-awareness, the first strand of emotional intelligence.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 70 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To raise awareness of self-awareness, the first strand of emotional intelligence.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module looks at intra-personal intelligence - self-awareness - and the ability to notice and regulate or manage our own emotional state or mood. It is important to have an understanding of emotional intelligence and the effects of discussing it with a group of participants. You will find Mike Bagshaw’s Article in Trainers’ Library useful for this.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I chose this content as part of a face to face workshop for Emotional Intelligence which was aimed at a middle management audience. The course was then changed to virtual but the first thing I would say is how easy it was to adapt to virtual delivery.
I used breakout rooms and ran part 1 of the activity first, then brought them back together for discussion and explanation of part 2 of the activity, then put them back into their rooms.
The timings were spot on, I do think it may have took less time face to face but it still worked really well, they loved it!
I did an evaluation on Microsoft forms and here are some of the comments;
"Be very good for any leaders"
"Very good interaction and well delivered"
"Good training content and very relevant for my role"
I also had an email from a manager to say that we should roll this out at all levels - Thank you ! Trainers Library for supporting our learning ??
|
|
Lisa Newell
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
When I chose this activity, I wasn't sure how well it would work since it relies on the participants to really build the content and outcomes without providing lots of information about emotional intelligence (you can of course add other content!) and I was pleasantly surprised with the outputs.
It 'builds' nicely to encourage thinking through our emotions, effects of external (and internal) factors and what this means in a work context. With a final section (the most important?) on what steps we can all take to 'manage our emotions' in work and become more self-aware.
A nice introduction to emotional intelligence and self-awareness that can be used as a 'stand alone' workshop or part of a bigger programme of personal development.
|
|
Mathew Clark
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce managers to the subject of employee engagement.
• To consider the differences between staff satisfaction, motivation and employee engagement.
• To help managers begin to understand why employee engagement is central to being a successful manager.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce managers to the subject of employee engagement.
• To consider the differences between staff satisfaction, motivation and employee engagement.
• To help managers begin to understand why employee engagement is central to being a successful manager.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Participants with managerial responsibility (or those who will have imminently.)
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module includes an activity to be completed after the live session. If you’re running other Employee Engagement sessions, you may be able to use them to review and check progress on the action plans. As this is quite a long session, you might wish to add a 10-15 minute break where indicated in the notes.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I have used this activity several times and have received excellent feedback from participants. Remember to check in on groups to make sure they understand the brief and the expectation that they will be presenting back to the group.
It also provides an opportunity to reinforce key learning points about communication styles/presentation skills; owning the message; and congruence.
This is a well designed activity that adds value to a management training session.
|
|
Deborah Wain
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage managers to think about their team members and how engaged they currently are.
• To consider what action might be required to increase individuals’ sense of pride in the job they do or the organisation they work for.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage managers to think about their team members and how engaged they currently are.
• To consider what action might be required to increase individuals’ sense of pride in the job they do or the organisation they work for.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Participants with managerial responsibility (or those who will have imminently.)
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
Although the first activity can be run during the session, we recommend sending it out as pre-coursework for participants to complete before joining the live event. This will give them time to reflect more fully on the activity and will also reduce the time required on screen.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (used though not essential).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the role that managers’ behaviours play in employee engagement.
• To identify the behaviours that lead to more engaged teams.
• To consider the impact this has on success.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the role that managers’ behaviours play in employee engagement.
• To identify the behaviours that lead to more engaged teams.
• To consider the impact this has on success.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Participants with managerial responsibility (or those who will have imminently).
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This is a well structured session plan. I got the delegates to put their guesses into the chat box as some of the group didn't have very good video connection. The reaction when the Gallup global engagement figure is announced is priceless! The breakout discussion on motivators was productive and better than just getting groups to discuss "what are the motivators and demotivators?"
|
|
Deborah Wain
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand what it feels like to be engaged in their job and the difference it makes to how they feel and the quality of their work.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand what it feels like to be engaged in their job and the difference it makes to how they feel and the quality of their work.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Participants with managerial responsibility (or those that will have imminently).
Notes:
It is advisable to start this exercise without too much introduction – just hand out the briefings and let them get on with it. Whilst this works very well as a stand-alone exercise, we thoroughly recommend using it in conjunction with Employee Engagement 1, Employee Engagement 2 and Employee Engagement 3. .
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore how engaged participants are currently feeling at work.
• To create an action plan for the workplace that will improve employee engagement.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore how engaged participants are currently feeling at work.
• To create an action plan for the workplace that will improve employee engagement.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Work-based teams.
You'll Need:
• The 10 Engaging Behaviours posters (Handout provided). 20 red counters (or similar) and 20 green counters for each participant. (We’ve provided a template should you wish to use paper counters.)
• An envelope for each poster. (We recommend numbering these to make it easier to keep the poster and correct envelope together.)
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore how engaged participants are currently feeling at work.
• To create an action plan for the workplace that will improve employee engagement.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore how engaged participants are currently feeling at work.
• To create an action plan for the workplace that will improve employee engagement.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Work-based teams.
You'll Need:
• To create a poll before the training session as per the Trainer’s Handout.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore equality and equity mean to participants and whether there is a difference.
• To explore what equality and equity mean to others.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore equality and equity mean to participants and whether there is a difference.
• To explore what equality and equity mean to others.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Smartphones, tablets, or laptop computers for participants to use to choose images.
Notes:
This activity was developed by Dr. Gary R. Smith, Trainer, Express Employment Professionals, Inc.— for Express offices in Knoxville, Alcoa, Morristown, Cleveland, Crossville, LaFollette, Rogersville, Sweetwater, Maryville, Roane County, Clinton, Dayton, Sparta, and Sevierville, Tennessee, USA.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore equality and equity mean to participants and whether there is a difference.
• To explore what equality and equity mean to others.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore equality and equity mean to participants and whether there is a difference.
• To explore what equality and equity mean to others.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This activity was developed by Dr. Gary R. Smith, Trainer, Express Employment Professionals, Inc.— for Express offices in Knoxville, Alcoa, Morristown, Cleveland, Crossville, LaFollette, Rogersville, Sweetwater, Maryville, Roane County, Clinton, Dayton, Sparta, and Sevierville, Tennessee, USA.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I loved this course. The discussions which followed within the group were invaluable as it really got them thinking about the wider society and what we can do to impact and influence positive change!
|
|
Laura Cronin
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of effectively evaluating ideas and solutions.
• To introduce and test a 4-stage process for evaluation.
• To consider the importance of refining and re-evaluating ideas.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of effectively evaluating ideas and solutions.
• To introduce and test a 4-stage process for evaluation.
• To consider the importance of refining and re-evaluating ideas.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
You will need to ensure you have familiarised yourself with the 4-stage process explained in the handout, before running this module.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants accuracy under pressure when working in teams.
• To reflect on how they could have improved their performance.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 5 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 15 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To test participants accuracy under pressure when working in teams.
• To reflect on how they could have improved their performance.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• One set of the Name Cards per team, which you will need to cut out beforehand.
• The PowerPoint slides of challenges, provided.
Notes:
This game is best played in teams with 3-5 participants in each. Please note, this exercise may not be suitable if you have participants who suffer from colour-blindness, or who are visually impaired.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise responding assertively to a range of situations.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise responding assertively to a range of situations.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This activity is designed to be used as a conclusion to training around assertive behaviour and is suitable for staff at all levels. It provides participants with an opportunity to practise responding assertively to a range of situations – whether with managing upwards, dealing with peers and colleagues or in personal situations.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore your participants’ response to change and the factors that drive it.
About
Time:
The exercise will take about 10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To explore your participants’ response to change and the factors that drive it.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To prepare the two polls described in advance of the training session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (essential).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 90 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the differences between a team and work group.
• To help participants identify when a team or group is required.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 90 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the differences between a team and work group.
• To help participants identify when a team or group is required.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Teams, work groups and/or their leaders who wish to explore the current organisation and management of the group.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the differences between bullying behaviour and that of firm management.
• To understand the impact of organisational culture and norms on managers’ behaviour.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the differences between bullying behaviour and that of firm management.
• To understand the impact of organisational culture and norms on managers’ behaviour.
Group Size:
This module can be used with individuals as well as groups of up to 12 participants.
Useful For:
Supervisors, team leaders and managers.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
Different countries have different definitions of workplace bullying. You will find it helpful to check for yourself the current definition and any legislation or best practice guidelines applicable to your country and to have these available to share with your participants.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes.
• Breakout Rooms are essential for this module.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage people to reflect on the assumptions we make and the labels we attach to people.
• To understand that there is more to people than what we see on the surface.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage people to reflect on the assumptions we make and the labels we attach to people.
• To understand that there is more to people than what we see on the surface.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
For each Team 1:
• A selection of photographs of random people from those provided. (You’ll need about six different people.)
• A money box or envelope for each of the six photographs.
• Several pairs of scissors. (Ideally, one for each member of team 1.)
For each Team 2:
• A copy of the same six photographs provided to Team 1.
• A syndicate room, or other space to work in away from Team 1.
Notes:
This module requires careful and sensitive facilitation. Make sure you avoid photographs that could be construed to represent specific individuals in the group. For example, if you have a group of predominantly young people with one elderly man, avoid using the photograph of the older man. And carefully observe conversations, particularly within the sub-teams of Team 1 to ensure that in the unlikely event that language is used that is inappropriate and not conducive to learning, or which expresses views that are unacceptable or distressing to others, you’re in a position to curtail it.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage people to reflect on the assumptions we make and the labels we attach to people.
• To understand that there is more to people than what we see on the surface.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage people to reflect on the assumptions we make and the labels we attach to people.
• To understand that there is more to people than what we see on the surface.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link in Trainers’ Library. (There are 4 Activity Links to choose from, each containing a different set of six images. Each Activity Link contains the links needed for Team 1 and Team 2.)
• Your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Notes:
This module requires careful and sensitive facilitation. Make sure you avoid photographs that could be construed to represent specific individuals in the group.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To show how Fishbone Charts can be used to analyse problems and challenges.
• To show how Fishbone Charts can help identify those contributory factors we can influence.
• To illustrate how Fishbone Charts might help in the search for solutions.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To show how Fishbone Charts can be used to analyse problems and challenges.
• To show how Fishbone Charts can help identify those contributory factors we can influence.
• To illustrate how Fishbone Charts might help in the search for solutions.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
If working with participants from a single team/organisation, you could ask them to spend a little time before the training identifying a shared workplace problem they can work on together.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the impact of their behaviours on others and the part they can play in developing and improving difficult relationships at work.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the impact of their behaviours on others and the part they can play in developing and improving difficult relationships at work.
Group Size:
This module can be used with individuals as well as groups of up to 12 participants.
Useful For:
Everyone who interacts with others at work.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this activity at a networking event to get the participants to understand how their behaviour affected others. It was interesting to listen to the discussions afterwards.
What I did realise is, having used this exercise with a team as well, that it works better in an organisation where people know each other and work together. The timing was right for this exercise and it works with 4 plus people
|
|
Nicola Richardson
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
I previously used this exercise with a new team in which i had been asked to consider building better relationships at work.
It was easy to facilitate and brought about some interesting and engaging conversations following the questions.
|
|
Laura Cronin
rated this item with 4 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce ‘Forced Connections’ as a tool for generating unusual ideas by linking seemingly unrelated items.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise using the technique.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce ‘Forced Connections’ as a tool for generating unusual ideas by linking seemingly unrelated items.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise using the technique.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To ask participants to bring a toy or random object to this session.
• The Activity Link and your PIN for the video.
Notes:
There are a number of modules that introduce different idea generation techniques. As well as this one, have a look at Reframe, Idea Box and Reversal.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants’ attention to detail.
• To explore how patience and persistence can help when tasks are detail orientated.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 5 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 15 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To test participants’ attention to detail.
• To explore how patience and persistence can help when tasks are detail orientated.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants’ attention to detail.
• To explore how patience and persistence can help when tasks are detail orientated.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 5 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 15 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To test participants’ attention to detail.
• To explore how patience and persistence can help when tasks are detail orientated.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link and your unique Pin, which you’ll find in ‘My Account’ section of the member homepage.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce (or remind participants of) SMART objectives.
• To give participants the opportunity to practice writing SMART objectives.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce (or remind participants of) SMART objectives.
• To give participants the opportunity to practice writing SMART objectives.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of between up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module can be used to introduce SMART for participants who have not encountered the acronym before, or as a refresher for those who have.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce (or remind participants of) SMART objectives.
• To give participants the opportunity to practice writing SMART objectives.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce (or remind participants of) SMART objectives.
• To give participants the opportunity to practice writing SMART objectives.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link and your PIN from Trainers’ Library.
Notes:
This module can be used to introduce SMART for participants who have not encountered the acronym before, or as a refresher for those who have.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how easy it is for communication to breakdown and misunderstandings to occur.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 25 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how easy it is for communication to breakdown and misunderstandings to occur.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 15 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Space for participants to wait outside the training room until they are called back in one-by-one.
Notes:
The time it takes to run the exercise will depend on the number of participants you have in your group. If you have a larger group, you will need to allow more time to run the activity.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how easy it is for communication to break down and misunderstandings to occur.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how easy it is for communication to break down and misunderstandings to occur.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• The Handout open and ready to share with your participants.
• A breakout room for participants to wait in until they are asked to rejoin the main room one-by-one.
Notes:
The time it takes to run the exercise will depend on the number of participants you have in your group. If you have a larger group, you will need to allow more time to run the activity.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce one way to investigate problems.
• To provide a structured approach for identifying the causes of a problem.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce one way to investigate problems.
• To provide a structured approach for identifying the causes of a problem.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone who wants to develop their creative problem solving skills.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module considers how problems are often expressed in terms of symptoms and the importance of understanding what is causing those symptoms before taking action.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To test listening skills.
• To illustrate the dangers of making assumptions.
• To encourage participants to think about how they can check their understanding of information they receive.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To test listening skills.
• To illustrate the dangers of making assumptions.
• To encourage participants to think about how they can check their understanding of information they receive.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To pre-prepare a poll/quiz based on the Trainer’s Handout.
• The Activity Link of the audio recording of the story and your PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Notes:
If you’d prefer to read the story to participants, we suggest that you rehearse reading it aloud a few times prior to delivery.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants’ abilities to work together to complete a challenge.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To test participants’ abilities to work together to complete a challenge.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, especially those working together in teams (or who soon will be).
You'll Need:
• Plenty of clear space for the activity and a way of marking the start and finish line of the racetrack. (Outside is best.) And for each team:
• Two postal tubes (stoppers removed).
• A golf ball.
• A flipchart pen.
Notes:
A small prize for the winning team would be a nice touch. For a similar activity, with a different approach, you might like to look at An Eggs-acting Challenge - Creating a Winning Strategy.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to communicate effectively in order to gather all the information available.
• To encourage participants to think about how they communicate.
• To encourage participants to work co-operatively to solve a shared problem.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to communicate effectively in order to gather all the information available.
• To encourage participants to think about how they communicate.
• To encourage participants to work co-operatively to solve a shared problem.
Group Size:
This module can be used with larger groups of between 6-10 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To ensure every participant has a different ‘Gossip’ Brief. You might like to distribute these by email in advance of the session.
Notes:
This communication exercise is based on a logic puzzle. It’s a challenging exercise, made more so when using video conferencing. However, it illustrates, very powerfully, the need to control online discussions, to allow everyone a voice, to speak one at a time, and to listen carefully to what others are saying. You will need a minimum of 3 participants, whilst 6 is the optimum number for the exercise. We do not recommend attempting this exercise with groups larger than 8, but if you must, we have included additional Gossip Briefs that enable the exercise to be used in groups of up to 10. Please note that where there are more than 6 participants, some of the ‘gossip’ will be duplicated.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 105 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants’ attention to detail.
• To test participants’ abilities to manage time and people resources effectively.
• To test participants’ abilities to work together under pressure to complete a task on time.
• To identify participants’ abilities to agree and follow a process - and refine it where necessary to ensure success.
• To provide an opportunity for participants to reflect on management vs micro-management and the latter’s impact on performance and engagement.
About
Time:
This game can be played in about 60 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion and evaluation, we recommend allowing 105 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants’ attention to detail.
• To test participants’ abilities to manage time and people resources effectively.
• To test participants’ abilities to work together under pressure to complete a task on time.
• To identify participants’ abilities to agree and follow a process - and refine it where necessary to ensure success.
• To provide an opportunity for participants to reflect on management vs micro-management and the latter’s impact on performance and engagement.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Attention to detail, processing skills, analytical skills, teamwork, communication skills, leadership, management and trust.
Group Size:
You should have between 3 and 5 people in each team completing this activity. Having multiple teams completing the same activity alongside each other provides a great opportunity to review and compare performance.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels and particularly those in roles where attention to detail and teamwork are important.
You'll Need:
Each team will need:
• A copy of the team brief (Presidential Decree).
• A full set of 65 grant applications.
• A copy of the Green Scheme Grant Guide for each team member. Each team will need a separate area in which to work. This can be in the same room if breakout rooms are not available.
Notes:
Teams will have exactly 60 minutes to complete the task they have been given.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider their attitude.
• To encourage discussion of optimistic versus pessimistic outlooks.
• To recognise the impact that attitude has on performance.
• To enable participants to identify personal traits that might be holding them back.
• To encourage leaders to consider how they might deal with negative attitudes in their team.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes (see notes). In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider their attitude.
• To encourage discussion of optimistic versus pessimistic outlooks.
• To recognise the impact that attitude has on performance.
• To enable participants to identify personal traits that might be holding them back.
• To encourage leaders to consider how they might deal with negative attitudes in their team.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To consider sending participants a copy of the handout in advance of the training session. The PDF version is a form that can be completed online.
Notes:
This module provides an excellent opportunity, when working with a wide range of participants, to consider how attitude can impact on performance. Topics where the inclusion of a module looking at optimism/pessimism might be beneficial include:
• Managing change.
• Problem solving and decision making.
• Customer service.
• Selling skills.
• Leading a team.
• Strategic leadership.
• Communication skills.
• Planning and scheduling.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the difference between Assertive Behaviour and more Passive or Aggressive approaches.
• To understand how to deal assertively with customers.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the difference between Assertive Behaviour and more Passive or Aggressive approaches.
• To understand how to deal assertively with customers.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
Before running this activity, review the scenarios in Handout 2 and decide what you think is the appropriate action for your participants to take. There are two versions of this module – this one for external customers and another where the examples are focused on internal customers.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the difference between Assertive Behaviour and more Passive or Aggressive approaches.
• To understand how to deal assertively with customers.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the difference between Assertive Behaviour and more Passive or Aggressive approaches.
• To understand how to deal assertively with customers.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• To create a poll before the training session as per the Trainer’s Handout.
Notes:
Before running this activity, review the scenarios in Handout 1 and decide what you think is the appropriate action for your participants to take. There are two versions of this module – this one for external customers and another where the examples are focused on internal customers.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the difference between Assertive Behaviour and more Passive or Aggressive approaches.
• To understand how to deal assertively with internal customers and colleagues.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the difference between Assertive Behaviour and more Passive or Aggressive approaches.
• To understand how to deal assertively with internal customers and colleagues.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
Before running this activity, review the scenarios in Handout 2 and decide what you think is the appropriate action for your participants to take. There are two versions of this module – this one for internal customers and another where the examples are focused on external customers.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the difference between Assertive Behaviour and more Passive or Aggressive approaches.
• To understand how to deal assertively with internal customers and colleagues.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the difference between Assertive Behaviour and more Passive or Aggressive approaches.
• To understand how to deal assertively with internal customers and colleagues.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• To create a poll before the training session as per the Trainer’s Handout.
Notes:
Before running this activity, review the scenarios in Handout 1 and decide what you think is the appropriate action for your participants to take. There are two versions of this module – this one for internal customers and another where the examples are focused on external customers.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To energise a group.
• To test remote participants’ abilities to work together quickly to solve a simple problem.
• To introduce the concept of continuous improvement.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To energise a group.
• To test remote participants’ abilities to work together quickly to solve a simple problem.
• To introduce the concept of continuous improvement.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
All participants.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This simple activity is one you can return to several times in your training to demonstrate the principles of continuous improvement. For smaller groups, we recommend using the anagram approach; for larger groups, you can use the alternative approach where you simply allocate each participant a number. This activity uses functionality in Zoom. If using other tools, you may need to check the hands up functionality and the impact it has on how participants appear on screen.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about the culture of their team or organisation.
• To identify the positive aspects of the team or organisation.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about the culture of their team or organisation.
• To identify the positive aspects of the team or organisation.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The PowerPoint Handout provided.
Notes:
Small prizes would be a nice touch but are not essential.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Article Overview:
Barry Fitzpatrick's article provides a useful guide of available resources and organisations for personal use or to signpost someone in need of support.
About
Article Overview:
Barry Fitzpatrick's article provides a useful guide of available resources and organisations for personal use or to signpost someone in need of support.
Opening Words:
The information, resources and organisations presented in this document is intended to be a useful guide for information and reference purposes only.
The intended use of this document and its contents should be for personal use or to signpost someone in need of support.
Useful Reading For:
Everyone.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To energise participants ready for the learning ahead.
• To get participants working together as a team to solve a problem.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 5-10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 15 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To energise participants ready for the learning ahead.
• To get participants working together as a team to solve a problem.
Group Size:
Can be used with groups of between of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• One set of the Hexagon Shuffle Cards. (See trainer notes.)
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I recently ran this activity for the first time and it received great feedback. I would recommend reading the instructions carefully and laminating the cards beforehand so that they can be used again.
It's a short, simple activity, however when used as an icebreaker it got colleagues interacting straight away and working as a team.
|
|
Mike Darbyshire
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants’ abilities to plan and develop a strategy that delivers a good result for the ‘customer’.
• To test participants’ abilities to effectively utilise skills within the team to solve a series of problems.
• To test participants’ abilities to anticipate and successfully respond to unexpected challenges.
About
Time:
This game can be played in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion and evaluation, we recommend allowing 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants’ abilities to plan and develop a strategy that delivers a good result for the ‘customer’.
• To test participants’ abilities to effectively utilise skills within the team to solve a series of problems.
• To test participants’ abilities to anticipate and successfully respond to unexpected challenges.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Teamwork, planning, problem solving, time management, communication, attention to detail.
Group Size:
We suggest running this exercise with teams of 3-5 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels. It can also be used to examine the role of leaders within teams.
You'll Need:
Each team will need:
• A copy of the Brief, Task List and Additional Information Handout.
• Two Promise Slips.
• Plenty of flipchart paper and marker pens.
• A blue, green and red pen (or one that is all three).
• A length of string.
• A ruler.
• A self-tie bow tie.
• A pack of playing cards.
• A ball.
• A die.
• 25 recycled paper cups.
• A range of small toys including a dinosaur.
You will need:
• Flash cards for the party guests (provided).
• A blindfold.
Notes:
This team building game can be used in a number of ways, and can be applied to many different topics including project management, teamwork, planning and setting expectations. It can also be used to examine the role of leaders within teams and if that’s your intention, you might want to pre-assign the role of leader to someone from each team. The activity itself takes 45 minutes and you should allow a further 30-45 minutes to review and score the teams’ performance and explore the key learning points.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I must admit I had some nervousness before first including 'His Lordship's Garden Party' in a team-building event; but happily I need not have been concerned. There is a lot of preparation, plus quite a bit of shopping to do (bow ties, playing cards, toy dinosaurs etc); however, the reason that this exercise works so well is that so much is going on at any one time, with team members not knowing what each other are up to. This will work well with groups of mixed levels of seniority and with a diverse mix of personalities. The main ingredients for making this a success are; plenty of planning and a good knowledge of the materials by the trainer; plus ample break-out rooms. It would equally appropriate for newly formed teams, as well as for more established teams that are working on achieving greater levels of collaboration.
|
|
Paula Cook
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 80 minutes.
Aims:
To test participants’ abilities to:
• Work together towards a shared goal under pressure.
• To project manage in a rapidly changing environment.
• Quickly assimilate and share information effectively.
• Prioritise and manage changing priorities.
• Produce high quality, accurate output.
• Write with the audience in mind.
• Manage time effectively.
• Ensure a high quality, accurate output.
And
• To allow participants to practise or demonstrate a range of skills including project management, time management, teamwork under pressure, quality control and accuracy, leadership, creativity and effective writing.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 50 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 80 minutes for this module.
Aims:
To test participants’ abilities to:
• Work together towards a shared goal under pressure.
• To project manage in a rapidly changing environment.
• Quickly assimilate and share information effectively.
• Prioritise and manage changing priorities.
• Produce high quality, accurate output.
• Write with the audience in mind.
• Manage time effectively.
• Ensure a high quality, accurate output.
And
• To allow participants to practise or demonstrate a range of skills including project management, time management, teamwork under pressure, quality control and accuracy, leadership, creativity and effective writing.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Team skills, planning and project management skills, writing skills, attention to detail, quality control, leadership, creativity and time management.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Supervisors and managers or anyone involved in project work.
You'll Need:
• To create a blank Miro board for each team, together with one for ‘training’ purposes. (Alternatively, the teams can use PowerPoint or Word to create their front pages, though this is not the recommended approach.)
• The Activity Links provided and your unique Pin, which you’ll find in ‘My Account’ section of the member homepage.
• To be able to visit teams periodically in their breakout rooms to provide further input.
Notes:
This exercise works best when you have at least 2 teams competing to produce the best e-newspaper. Each team should have a minimum of 3 and, ideally, a maximum of 6 participants.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify the financial, environmental and time costs incurred by commuting.
• To identify how home working could benefit employees, employers and society.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify the financial, environmental and time costs incurred by commuting.
• To identify how home working could benefit employees, employers and society.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Managers and anyone interested in promoting home working as part of a long-term strategy within their organisations.
You'll Need:
• Your participants to bring a sheet of blank A4 paper and some coloured pens/crayons/pencils to the session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 120 minutes.
Aims:
• To build an understanding of the key steps in strategic planning.
• To encourage participants to analyse financial and other data using a SWOT analysis.
• To encourage participants to think about where their fictional case study business is now, before moving on in the next module to consider where they want it to be.
About
Time:
The exercise in this workshop can be completed in about 75 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 120 minutes for this workshop.
Aims:
• To build an understanding of the key steps in strategic planning.
• To encourage participants to analyse financial and other data using a SWOT analysis.
• To encourage participants to think about where their fictional case study business is now, before moving on in the next module to consider where they want it to be.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels including individuals, groups and teams that need to use strategic planning and analysis skills in the workplace.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links and your unique PIN, which you’ll find in My Account.
Notes:
This is designed to be run as a half day workshop. There are three other workshops in the series, which cover, ‘Where do we want to be?’ and ‘How will we get there?’. They are set in the context of the hotel industry but requires no specialist knowledge of it. When used together, they will also draw out skills relating to business planning, problem solving, influencing, team working and making presentations.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (Not required).
• Breakout Rooms (Required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 180 minutes.
Aims:
• To give participants the opportunity to take part in a business simulation by creating a vision and generating and evaluating ideas that will help them deliver that vision.
• To identify key options that will form the basis of a strategic plan for their business.
About
Time:
The exercise in this workshop can be completed in about 120 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 180 minutes for this workshop.
Aims:
• To give participants the opportunity to take part in a business simulation by creating a vision and generating and evaluating ideas that will help them deliver that vision.
• To identify key options that will form the basis of a strategic plan for their business.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels including individuals, groups and teams that need to use strategic planning and analysis skills in the workplace.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links and your unique PIN, which you’ll find in My Account.
Notes:
This is designed to be run as a half day workshop. It is the second in a series of four. Having identified where they are now, participants reflect on where they want to be, creating a vision/strategic plan for the future. The workshops are set in the context of the hotel industry but requires no specialist knowledge of it. When used together, they will draw out skills relating to business planning, problem solving, influencing, team working and making presentations.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (Not required).
• Breakout Rooms (Required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 150 minutes.
Aims:
• To develop a strategy from the options generated in the previous workshops.
• To prepare and give a persuasive presentation outlining their strategy.
• To reflect on the learning from the Hotel Doldrums series of workshops and how to apply this to the workplace.
About
Time:
The exercise in this workshop can be completed in about 120 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 150 minutes for this workshop.
Aims:
• To develop a strategy from the options generated in the previous workshops.
• To prepare and give a persuasive presentation outlining their strategy.
• To reflect on the learning from the Hotel Doldrums series of workshops and how to apply this to the workplace.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels including individuals, groups and teams that need to use strategic planning and analysis skills in the workplace.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links and your unique PIN, which you’ll find in My Account.
Notes:
This is designed to be run as a half day workshop. It is the third in a series of four and is not designed to be used in isolation of those. Having identified where they are now, and where they want to be, participants develop a strategy for the hotel they were allocated in Part 1. Although the workshops are set in the context of the hotel industry, no specialist knowledge of it is required.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (Not required).
• Breakout Rooms (Required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (Required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 120 minutes.
Aims:
• To review the learning from the previous three Hotel Doldrums modules.
• To identify how to apply the learning to the workplace.
• To create an action plan for implementing the learning.
About
Time:
The exercise in this workshop can be completed in about 55 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 120 minutes for this workshop.
Aims:
• To review the learning from the previous three Hotel Doldrums modules.
• To identify how to apply the learning to the workplace.
• To create an action plan for implementing the learning.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels including individuals, groups and teams that need to use strategic planning and analysis skills in the workplace.
You'll Need:
• The Miro/collaborative whiteboard used by participants to record key learning points from the last session.
Notes:
This is designed to be run as a half day workshop. It is the final one of a series of four and is not designed to be used in isolation of the others. It provides participants with a structured way to review the learning from the previous modules and think about how and when they will apply this learning in their workplace.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (Not required).
• Breakout Rooms (Required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand their current use of assertive behaviour and identify areas for improvement.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand their current use of assertive behaviour and identify areas for improvement.
Group Size:
This module can be used with individuals as well as groups of up to 12 participants.
Useful For:
Staff up to supervisor level.
You'll Need:
• To send participants a copy of the handout to complete in advance of the training session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this as a starting point in a workshop consisting of 30 people and got them to discuss the answers. It was a great opening exercise and got them to realise where they needed to adapt their approach.
It was an easy exercise to implement and was a great conversation starter.
|
|
Nicola Richardson
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce ‘Idea Box’ as an idea generation technique.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise using the technique.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce ‘Idea Box’ as an idea generation technique.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise using the technique.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The PowerPoint slide, open and ready to share with participants.
Notes:
There are several modules that introduce different idea generation techniques. As well as this one, have a look at Forced Connections, Reframe and Reversal.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (Not required).
• Breakout Rooms (Required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce 'Idea Box' as an idea generation technique.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise using the technique.
About
Time:
The exercises in this module will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 40 minutes to complete this module. Aims:
• To introduce 'Idea Box' as an idea generation technique.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise using the technique. Group Size:
This module is suitable for use with groups of up to 25 participants. Useful For:
Staff at all levels. You'll Need:
• Breakout rooms or separate work areas. Notes:
There are several modules that introduce different idea generation techniques. As well as this one, have a look at Forced Connections, Reframe and Reversal. Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used “Idea Box” as part of a session with a small group of managers who have been tasked with merging two departments.
It was an incredibly effective exercise for taking them away from worrying about how to resolve the differences between the two departments and moving them to relishing the project as an opportunity to improve.
I used flipchart in place of the PowerPoint as I wanted a low-tech session. We worked through one real-life scenario. Overall, it took about 15 minutes.
It was like watching lightbulbs switching on! It removed the fear and dread of the challenges ahead of them by demonstrating a (fun) way to systematically tackle this project. Great response – everyone commented how helpful it was.
|
|
Linda Wallace
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To examine the steps towards successful implementation of change.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To examine the steps towards successful implementation of change.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module is about the implementation of seemingly minor changes - a new process or procedure, a solution to a problem, etc. It provides an overview of what needs to be considered before implementing any minor change.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how memory can be improved just by using it differently.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 40 minutes to complete this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how memory can be improved just by using it differently.
Group Size:
This module is suitable for use with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
Nothing, other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This fun activity can be used either as an icebreaker or as a module on a longer ‘Concentration and Memory’ course. It can also be used in Train the Trainer training or any training where you want people to think about how they can make their message more memorable. The exercise is intended to encourage participants to experiment with the method using their own examples and with time to practice, should also reassure participants that no one needs to struggle with a poor memory – improvements can be fast and tangible. It’s a great tool too for encouraging participants to think about how they retain and recall new information and how they’ll store information you’re going to give them in the rest of the training.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
A really fun session. I ran this as a stand alone session as part of a Learning at work week. We wanted to offer some engaging and lighthearted sessions to get people attending and talking to us throughout the week while having a laugh while also talking about how we make messages stick. So many people were really open about how bad their memory which made it a great way to touch on a the subject. After using it I will likely add it in to a TTT as it could link quite nicely. Lots of laughter as well which is always good and the feedback post session was really positive. Be prepared for people to not have any change in scores and others to have a significant uplift, opens up great dialogue about what they already use but for the most part a definite uplift in scores.
|
|
Kirsty Marshall
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To develop participant’s brainstorming skills.
• To identify what changes participants would like to see within their team/department.
• To explore how participants can make those changes possible.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 40 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To develop participant’s brainstorming skills.
• To identify what changes participants would like to see within their team/department.
• To explore how participants can make those changes possible.
Group Size:
This icebreaker can be used with groups of up to 24 participants.
Useful For:
Existing teams.
You'll Need:
• Flipchart paper and pens.
• Enough green sticky dots for participants to have three each. (If you are unable to source sticky dots, a green marker pen for every participant will work too.)
Notes:
This module is designed for situations where your participants work together in the same team. It can be run as a stand-alone exercise on brainstorming, or as part of a session looking to develop the continuous improvement skills of a team.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this activity last week in a management development workshop and it was great for getting the team to generate lots of ideas then we were able to move on to assessing these against our criteria.
Easy to use, generated good results and I would use again.
|
|
Pauline Weddell
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To develop participant’s brainstorming skills.
• To identify what changes participants would like to see within their team/department.
• To explore how participants can make those changes possible.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To develop participant’s brainstorming skills.
• To identify what changes participants would like to see within their team/department.
• To explore how participants can make those changes possible.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Existing teams.
You'll Need:
• To prepare a Miro board before the session (see trainer notes).
Notes:
This module is designed for situations where your participants work together in the same team. It can be run as a stand-alone exercise on brainstorming, or as part of a session looking to develop the continuous improvement skills of a team.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This is a good activity to encourage contributions from everyone when working on improving team performance and areas to focus on for the future.
It shows the benefit of brainstorming without judgement and allows people to feel involved throughout the session.
Definitely worth using in a team meeting.
|
|
Mathew Clark
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To allow participants the opportunity to identify their own sources of power, to know which they need to develop and to have an action plan for doing this.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To allow participants the opportunity to identify their own sources of power, to know which they need to develop and to have an action plan for doing this.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
All managers, but especially those who are new to the role who may feel they have little power of their own to allow them to accomplish results.
You'll Need:
• Participants to complete the first activity prior to the training session.
Notes:
We strongly recommend running Influence and Persuasion - Where Does the Power to Influence Come From? prior to running this session so that participants have an understanding of the different sources of power we build upon in this session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To enable participants to consider the value and difficulty caused by organisational politics and political games.
• To create an understanding that managers cannot avoid politics, so need to know the games in which they may – deliberately or inadvertently – be playing.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To enable participants to consider the value and difficulty caused by organisational politics and political games.
• To create an understanding that managers cannot avoid politics, so need to know the games in which they may – deliberately or inadvertently – be playing.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
All managers, but particularly those who are new to management and may not understand the political nature of organisations, including their own.
You'll Need:
• Prepared flipcharts with simple 'cartoon' faces drawn on them - one face for each participant.
• Post-it notes.
Notes:
Politics is often seen as a ‘dirty word’ by many people, or as one in which they have no interest. The purpose of this module is for the participants to gain a more rounded understanding of what politics really means, and the importance politics play in influence and persuasion.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants recognise the difference between features and benefits.
• To demonstrate the importance of identifying customer needs and selling to these.
• To give participants the opportunity of explaining the benefits of their solution.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants recognise the difference between features and benefits.
• To demonstrate the importance of identifying customer needs and selling to these.
• To give participants the opportunity of explaining the benefits of their solution.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels but particularly those in sales, or roles where they are required to influence.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link in Trainers’ Library.
• Your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To enable participants to understand that the words power and influence are, essentially, interchangeable.
• To help participants understand that power is an asset that can be used to help deliver positive change.
• To help participants understand that there are many sources of power – it doesn’t just come from authority - and to understand where their own power to influence comes from.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To enable participants to understand that the words power and influence are, essentially, interchangeable.
• To help participants understand that power is an asset that can be used to help deliver positive change.
• To help participants understand that there are many sources of power – it doesn’t just come from authority - and to understand where their own power to influence comes from.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It can be adapted for use in 1-1 training/coaching.
Useful For:
All managers, but particularly those who are new to management and may not understand that power comes from many different sources, not just authority.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link and your PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• Identify key stakeholders when delivering a workplace project.
• Ensure that key stakeholders have a positive influence on the outcome of a project.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 55 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• Identify key stakeholders when delivering a workplace project.
• Ensure that key stakeholders have a positive influence on the outcome of a project.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels working to deliver workplace projects.
You'll Need:
• Flipchart paper, pens and post it notes.
Notes:
This exercise involves creating an Action Plan for influencing stakeholders on a real project. We recommend that you encourage your participants to identify the project they will use before they come to the training session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
A client wanted me to run a session to help the team understand how to deliver appropriate messages for the Board. I used this exercise and found it to work really well, getting them to think about the different people who had an interest in the project that they are working on and what types of information they would want to see.
The team I delivered to were of mixed seniority, so have different levels of input into Board feedback, but it really did help them to understand the level of detail (or not) that should be provided, and to think about the different ways that things should be positioned. A really successful session, enjoyed by all.
|
|
Louise Holloway
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• Identify key stakeholders when delivering a workplace project.
• Ensure that key stakeholders have a positive influence on the outcome of a project.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 55 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• Identify key stakeholders when delivering a workplace project.
• Ensure that key stakeholders have a positive influence on the outcome of a project.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels working to deliver workplace projects.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link in Trainers’ Library.
• Your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Notes:
This exercise involves creating an Action Plan for influencing stakeholders on a real project. We recommend that you encourage your participants to identify the project they will use before they come to the training session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To give participants the opportunity to map a real internal service chain and identify critical internal relationships.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To give participants the opportunity to map a real internal service chain and identify critical internal relationships.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This follow on to Internal Service Chain – The Garden Studio, is designed for use where participants work for the same organisation and provides a practical application of the learning from that module.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required - unless working with a group of 6 or fewer).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the concept of an internal service chain.
• To give participants the opportunity to map an internal service chain and identify critical internal relationships.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the concept of an internal service chain.
• To give participants the opportunity to map an internal service chain and identify critical internal relationships.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of between 8 to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, including managers and senior managers.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This activity uses functionality available in Zoom, which may not be available in other solutions – specifically the ability to move participants from one breakout room to another.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To build an understanding of the characteristics and differences between constructive feedback, praise and criticism.
• To explain the importance of constructive feedback.
• To build awareness of “good practice” guidelines for providing constructive feedback.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To build an understanding of the characteristics and differences between constructive feedback, praise and criticism.
• To explain the importance of constructive feedback.
• To build awareness of “good practice” guidelines for providing constructive feedback.
Group Size:
This module can be used with individuals as well as groups of up to 12 participants.
Useful For:
Supervisors and first-time managers.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
If you have fewer than 5 participants, you do not need to use breakout rooms.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this activity as part of a wider embedding a feedback culture programme and also as part of the introduction to feedback. I used it with everybody from the CEO and Directors to team members and it created a good deal of fun and discussion. I got them to draw their company logo adapting it a little bit, as the creative task and provided the 4 feedback scenarios. It was a fun and energising activity that really got to the point about constructive feedback.
|
|
Angie Norden
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To provide participants with a way of understanding behaviour and improving communication.
• To provide a very basic introduction to transactional analysis.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To provide participants with a way of understanding behaviour and improving communication.
• To provide a very basic introduction to transactional analysis.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff up to junior managers.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module is intended to provide a very simple introduction to transactional analysis, a theory developed by Eric Berne in the 1950s.
If you are not familiar with transactional analysis you will need to read through all the notes carefully plus the additional material in the handout. Go through the exercises on your own first so that you can see the rationale. If you have time, try to observe the different types “in play” in your own interactions with people.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (essential).
• Breakout Rooms (recommended for larger groups).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I have been using this activity for many years now and it always works well. It helps to break down what could be a quite complicated topic into a fun activity, increasing the delegate's self-awareness and enabling them to see how slight changes in behaviour can have a positive impact. It ties into any Emotional Intelligence training too.
|
|
Mike Darbyshire
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To get participants talking and using some of the fundamental skills of information gathering, including effective questioning and active listening.
• To identify the importance of understanding not just actions, but the motivation for actions.
• To begin to identify some key skills anyone looking to build rapport and influence needs.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 20 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To get participants talking and using some of the fundamental skills of information gathering, including effective questioning and active listening.
• To identify the importance of understanding not just actions, but the motivation for actions.
• To begin to identify some key skills anyone looking to build rapport and influence needs.
Group Size:
Suitable for use with groups of up to 12 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• A supply of A4 paper for each participant to show their answers to the group. (You could use a small wipe clean whiteboard or similar).
Notes:
This icebreaker is useful in any situation where you want to encourage meaningful conversations.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To get participants talking and using some of the fundamental skills of information gathering, including effective questioning and active listening.
• To identify the importance of understanding not just actions, but the motivation for actions.
• To begin to identify some key skills anyone looking to build rapport and influence needs.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To get participants talking and using some of the fundamental skills of information gathering, including effective questioning and active listening.
• To identify the importance of understanding not just actions, but the motivation for actions.
• To begin to identify some key skills anyone looking to build rapport and influence needs.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
Notes:
This icebreaker is useful in any situation where you want to encourage meaningful conversations.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 90 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of building a clear understanding of needs and feelings in negotiation, through effective questioning and listening.
• To show the importance of separating people and personalities from the problems.
• To show the value of a shared problem/creative solution finding approach to negotiation.
• To provide an opportunity to practise negotiation, teamwork and problem solving skills.
About
Time:
This game can be played in about 60 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion and evaluation, we recommend allowing 90 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of building a clear understanding of needs and feelings in negotiation, through effective questioning and listening.
• To show the importance of separating people and personalities from the problems.
• To show the value of a shared problem/creative solution finding approach to negotiation.
• To provide an opportunity to practise negotiation, teamwork and problem solving skills.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Negotiation skills, communication, leadership, teamwork and collaboration, and problem solving.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels who are involved in negotiating, but managers in particular.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided, but you might want to consider pre-assigning participants to their tribe and providing tribe members with their team brief and the island map in advance of the training session.
Notes:
It’s best to run this exercise module without too much explanation. This exercise has many different potential solutions – the learning comes from the experience of trying to find one that all parties can agree to.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• Show participants the importance of effective communication when working together, especially when working together remotely.
• Test participants’ attention to detail, individually and collectively.
• Test time management skills and a team’s ability to perform under pressure.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• Show participants the importance of effective communication when working together, especially when working together remotely.
• Test participants’ attention to detail, individually and collectively.
• Test time management skills and a team’s ability to perform under pressure.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Communication skills, attention to detail, problem solving, teamwork, collaboration, time management and leadership skills.
Group Size:
Ideally, you’ll have 2 teams with a minimum of 2 participants in each, with each team assigned to a different breakout room. However, the game can be run with smaller groups, with all participants working together in 1 team competing against the clock.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link in Trainers’ Library and your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
• A prize for the winning team.
Notes:
In the exercise, teams are given a series of riddles, puzzles and questions to solve, to help them discover where Jill Fruggle hid her mother’s prize brooch. The riddles and puzzles have been deliberately designed to draw upon different skills. They include riddles and cryptic clues, mathematical questions, word questions, and general knowledge questions. Some require close attention to detail. This exercise can also be used to examine the role of leaders within teams. If you wish to use the exercise in this way, you might want to pre-assign the role of leader to someone from each team.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required if more than one team).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this as part of a virtual first line management workshop towards the end of the day to review the content around time management, delegation, motivation, team working and leadership. The learners firstly approached it as team members, however with encouragement began to tackle the tasks as managers. It led to a great debrief and discussion about their transition into management and how they have to approach things differently. Excellent and the learners loved it.
|
|
Angie Norden
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
I've used this excellent activity many times and it has always received excellent feedback. It's quite tough so I'm tempted to give the delegates slightly longer than the suggested time to give them a better chance of successfully completing the treasure hunt. It's a fantastic way of replicating a face-to-face treasure hunt remotely and really brings colleagues together who are located throughout the country!
|
|
Mike Darbyshire
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
This is a great group activity and have recently used it to support collaborative working. So I don't mention a prize, and send the groups into their breakouts but request one member of each team join me for a quick meeting after about 10 minutes to see how things are going? Groups often struggle as they don't want to share anything with the other teams, but I check they've found the 0 clues and understood what that means and how many clues they've solved. I then ask how confident they are that they will achieve the goal within the timescales, and most groups say they'd like more time, but that's not possible. So, I suggest that maybe they might like to work together and pool their resources and work collaboratively to find the brooch. I send team members back to their groups to discuss and it's great to pop into the breakouts and listen to the discussions and responses to the suggestion of collaboration.
It doesn't matter if the groups do join or not, although the groups that do collaborate tend to get the answers more quickly, the value comes in the discussion of how we feel about sharing ideas and working with others. After all, we all have the same goal. We've had some great lessons learned that participants say are so reflective of the work environment, so a great learning opportunity.
PS I've done this with a group of global participants so if there could be a few less UK based questions it would be helpful. Still 5 * for me though. Thank you.
|
|
Ann Pemberton
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
I used Jill Fruggle's Treasure as part of a team building session yesterday. It went like a dream and the group really got into and said how much they enjoyed it. The technology was brilliant and it really helped the team to bond, and we had some conversations afterwards about effective team work and communication.
Thank you for designing it.
|
|
Ann Pemberton
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To test the accuracy levels of your participants.
• To explore how well participants can work together as a team.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 20 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To test the accuracy levels of your participants.
• To explore how well participants can work together as a team.
Group Size:
Can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• A copy of the handout provided and a set of coloured pens/pencils for every team.
• A prize for the winning team (optional).
Notes:
We suggest that you try solving the challenge yourself before the session, so you can see how it’s done. It will also help you give hints and tips to participants as they complete the exercise. Please note, although we have included symbols to aid participants who suffer from colour-blindness, this exercise may not be suitable for those who are visually impaired.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify where resilience comes from and what makes people resilient.
• To understand how and why different people have different levels of resilience.
• To introduce six keys to personal resilience.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify where resilience comes from and what makes people resilient.
• To understand how and why different people have different levels of resilience.
• To introduce six keys to personal resilience.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff and managers at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To provide participants with the blank PowerPoint slides for this activity, either in the session or by email beforehand.
Notes:
This module can be used as a stand-alone module but is also a great way to introduce various topics that you might want to go on to explore in greater detail. It helps participants understand the wide range of factors that can influence an individual’s levels of resilience. If you are going to move on to look at the six keys to personal resilience in greater detail then you may wish to leave out the final exercise. In this case you should be able to complete the module in 60 minutes.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce participants to a simple 4-step process to follow when dealing with an unhappy customer.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce participants to a simple 4-step process to follow when dealing with an unhappy customer.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, especially those in a customer-facing role.
You'll Need:
• Flipchart and pens.
Notes:
This exercise works very well as a follow up to The Shoe Shop – A Customer Service Dilemma.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce participants to a simple 4-step process to follow when dealing with an unhappy customer.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce participants to a simple 4-step process to follow when dealing with an unhappy customer.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, especially those in a customer-facing role.
You'll Need:
• Prepared flipcharts with simple 'cartoon' faces drawn on them - one face for each participant.
• Post-it notes.
Notes:
This exercise works very well as a follow up to The Shoe Shop – A Customer Service Dilemma.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants to consider how it feels to be different from the majority.
• To encourage understanding of the sources of prejudicial feelings and ways of behaving that can make others feel uncomfortable.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants to consider how it feels to be different from the majority.
• To encourage understanding of the sources of prejudicial feelings and ways of behaving that can make others feel uncomfortable.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link in Trainers’ Library.
• Your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Notes:
This exercise uses an imaginative method for raising awareness of prejudice and really gets participants thinking. It’s important to use this activity in a training environment where ground rules of showing respect for individual opinions and experiences have been established. The content is potentially sensitive, and it is important that the trainer monitors conversations during the group work to pick up on any intrusive questioning of minorities within the group, which could mirror the unhelpful behaviour described in the imaginary scenario.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
Well, what a reaction I get every time I play this! A very powerful 3 minutes voice over session. I have written a Dignity@Work course and needed something to open the session with to grab their attention and say 'This is why we are here today'.
I often get people saying, I am not racist and am very inclusive and it does not affect me in any way.
The content makes people feel like they are the ones that are the minority, the different one for a change. The people in the session are called food feeders and are set apart from the rest of the community who don't eat food but absorb the nutrients through skin sprays and soaps. The food feeders are considered odd, inferior, strange and unnatural. If they are seen eating they are laughed at, spat at, ridiculed and bullied. They are challenged to change to be 'normal', the same as Nutritos.
This really hits the spot and has a huge impact. People get quite emotional at their ignorance of the situation that many people in minority groups go through every day.
Highly recommend this 3 minute gem.
|
|
Karon Campbell
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 80 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the way underlying beliefs can drive behaviour.
• To help participants to identify beliefs that they share even where the observable behaviours seem unusual.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 80 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the way underlying beliefs can drive behaviour.
• To help participants to identify beliefs that they share even where the observable behaviours seem unusual.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Teams, work groups and/or their leaders who wish to explore cultural differences between nationalities, age groups, or departments and organisations.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links provided and your Activity Link PIN.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 70 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce participants to the Ladder of Inference.
• To help participants understand how quickly we can leap to assumptions about other people, which in turn can harden into deep-rooted beliefs.
• To understand how our beliefs impact on our communication with others.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 70 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce participants to the Ladder of Inference.
• To help participants understand how quickly we can leap to assumptions about other people, which in turn can harden into deep-rooted beliefs.
• To understand how our beliefs impact on our communication with others.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Everyone who interacts with others at work.
You'll Need:
• An internet connection, the Activity Links and your PIN.
Notes:
This exercise can be useful in any communication skills course or workshop, though it is particularly relevant in training that explores difficult conversations, decision making and negotiations. This module works well when immediately preceded by Assumptions - The Witches of Glum (from the Icebreakers section in Trainers’ Library) as it also challenges our tendency to assume things.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the benefits of different approaches to developing others.
• To help participants choose the most appropriate approach for developing others in a given situation.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the benefits of different approaches to developing others.
• To help participants choose the most appropriate approach for developing others in a given situation.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Team leaders, supervisors and managers.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module is suitable for anyone who has responsibility for developing others in the workplace: Team leaders, supervisors or managers. It is a useful addition to coaching skills courses and can help participants understand when a coaching approach might be appropriate and when it might not be.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (essential for more than 4 participants).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how stories can be used to illustrate learning points in interesting ways.
• To provide a framework for writing a story.
• To give participants an opportunity to practise creating a very short story.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how stories can be used to illustrate learning points in interesting ways.
• To provide a framework for writing a story.
• To give participants an opportunity to practise creating a very short story.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, especially trainers and those looking to develop the range of tools they can use to make presentations engaging and interesting.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how stories can be used to illustrate learning points in interesting ways.
• To provide a framework for writing a story.
• To give participants an opportunity to practise creating a very short story.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how stories can be used to illustrate learning points in interesting ways.
• To provide a framework for writing a story.
• To give participants an opportunity to practise creating a very short story.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, especially trainers and those looking to develop the range of tools they can use to make presentations engaging and interesting.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To review knowledge, share feedback or quiz participants.
• To assess current awareness of a situation or challenge.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To review knowledge, share feedback or quiz participants.
• To assess current awareness of a situation or challenge.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Any situation where you want to inject some fun and humour whilst testing your participants’ knowledge or awareness.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
Developed to share customer feedback with our team, this is also a great activity to use in any situation where you want to run a quiz where questions have more than one answer. For example, you could use it to test participants’ knowledge of the main features of a product or service, or to remind teams of their successes.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To provide participants an opportunity to review and ‘continuously’ improve their performance.
• To illustrate the importance of a continuous improvement process.
• To recognise behaviours that can get in the way of continuous improvement.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 40 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To provide participants an opportunity to review and ‘continuously’ improve their performance.
• To illustrate the importance of a continuous improvement process.
• To recognise behaviours that can get in the way of continuous improvement.
Group Size:
This activity can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• One of each of the three Puzzle Stars and set of letters for every team in play.
• To cut out the missing letters for each of the Puzzle Stars and place each set in an envelope (or similar).
• A stopwatch or timer for each team in play.
• A small prize for the winning team (optional).
Notes:
This activity works best when participants are split into teams of 2 or 3. There are two versions of this module – this one focuses on Continuous Improvement and the other version called ‘The Problem with Letters’ focuses on Problem Solving skills.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To provide participants an opportunity to review and ‘continuously’ improve their performance.
• To illustrate the importance of a continuous improvement process.
• To recognise behaviours that can get in the way of continuous improvement.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To provide participants an opportunity to review and ‘continuously’ improve their performance.
• To illustrate the importance of a continuous improvement process.
• To recognise behaviours that can get in the way of continuous improvement.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Teams.
You'll Need:
• The PowerPoint slides ready to send to, or share with, participants.
• A stopwatch or timer for each team in play.
Notes:
This module works best when participants are split into teams of 2 or 3. There are two versions of this activity – this one focuses on Continuous Improvement and the other version called ‘The Problem with Letters’ focuses on Problem Solving skills.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to focus on positive outcomes.
• To encourage participants to reflect on and become more aware of their inner dialogue and the impact it has.
• To provide a simple tool to help participants reframe their thinking to make it more positive.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 22 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to focus on positive outcomes.
• To encourage participants to reflect on and become more aware of their inner dialogue and the impact it has.
• To provide a simple tool to help participants reframe their thinking to make it more positive.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of of up to 24 participants. It can also be adapted for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This short activity can be used as an icebreaker or energiser in any training around resilience and positive thinking.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I have been coaching a member of staff recently who is struggling to get to their goal. Part of this is that they struggle with thinking positively and can't see the big picture. Part of the coaching is trying to get her to look at the goal in a step-by-step process and celebrate the little wins along the way. This exercise has really helped her see that she has many wins throughout each day, no matter how small, and that in breaking down her goal into steps, she can celebrate the wins along the way. The handouts really helped.
|
|
Tracy Windross
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to focus on positive outcomes.
• To encourage participants to reflect on and become more aware of their inner dialogue and the impact it has.
• To provide a simple tool to help participants reframe their thinking to make it more positive.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to focus on positive outcomes.
• To encourage participants to reflect on and become more aware of their inner dialogue and the impact it has.
• To provide a simple tool to help participants reframe their thinking to make it more positive.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It can also be adapted for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This short activity can be used as an icebreaker or energiser in any training around resilience and positive thinking.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To draw up some guidelines for making and refusing requests.
• To describe and practise a number of assertiveness techniques.
• To test participants’ understanding of assertive behaviour.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To draw up some guidelines for making and refusing requests.
• To describe and practise a number of assertiveness techniques.
• To test participants’ understanding of assertive behaviour.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. However, it is not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff up to supervisor level.
You'll Need:
• To send half of your participants a copy of Handout 1 before the training session, and the other half Handout 2. Make a note of who has been sent which handout and ask them not to share the contents of their handout with others prior to the training session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (essential).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to try creating innovative solutions from seemingly wacky ideas.
• To illustrate how the craziest ideas can contain the germ of brilliance.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to try creating innovative solutions from seemingly wacky ideas.
• To illustrate how the craziest ideas can contain the germ of brilliance.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
During this exercise participants will be solving a problem. We have provided some suggested topics but, where appropriate, we recommend using a real issue that your participants need to address. For example, this exercise was used with a government’s Transport Department. The participants (from junior to senior members of staff) used this technique to identify how to tackle the congested roads in their biggest city.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to try creating innovative solutions from seemingly wacky ideas.
• To illustrate how the craziest ideas can contain the germ of brilliance.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to try creating innovative solutions from seemingly wacky ideas.
• To illustrate how the craziest ideas can contain the germ of brilliance.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The PowerPoint slide ready to share.
Notes:
We recommend using a real issue in this activity, if participants work for the same organisation, but it’s not essential.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 35 minutes.
Aims:
• To test team’s abilities to think laterally and work together to solve a problem.
• To test teamwork and communication.
• To illustrate the benefits of looking for long-term solutions rather than short-term fixes.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 35 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To test team’s abilities to think laterally and work together to solve a problem.
• To test teamwork and communication.
• To illustrate the benefits of looking for long-term solutions rather than short-term fixes.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Pre-prepare the cards.
• A stopwatch or timer to regulate the team discussions.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 35 minutes.
Aims:
• To test team’s abilities to think laterally and work together to solve a problem.
• To test teamwork and communication.
• To illustrate the benefits of looking for long-term solutions rather than short-term fixes.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 35 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To test team’s abilities to think laterally and work together to solve a problem.
• To test teamwork and communication.
• To illustrate the benefits of looking for long-term solutions rather than short-term fixes.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• A stopwatch or timer to regulate the team discussions.
• The Activity Links and your PIN.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how memory can be improved just by using it differently.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how memory can be improved just by using it differently.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This is a useful icebreaker to use in Train the Trainer training or any training where you want people to think about how they can make their message more memorable.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To reflect on what mental ill health looks like.
• To highlight why stereotypes might not help us identify people with a mental illness.
• To explore what someone suffering with mental ill health might experience.
• To discuss why people might hide depression, or any other mental illness.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To reflect on what mental ill health looks like.
• To highlight why stereotypes might not help us identify people with a mental illness.
• To explore what someone suffering with mental ill health might experience.
• To discuss why people might hide depression, or any other mental illness.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 15 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels. However, please ensure participants are aware of the topic to be discussed and are happy to participate.
You'll Need:
• Two flipcharts and a range of flipchart pens and other design materials. (You could, for example, give participants access to old magazines etc. from which they can cut images for inclusion in their posters.)
Notes:
You will need to ensure this session takes place in a space participants consider safe. We recommend ensuring participants have access to our list of helpful resources (or an equivalent for your region if you are located outside the UK.) Before running this module, facilitators should have an understanding of mental health and have completed training around this topic.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To reflect on what mental ill health looks like.
• To highlight why stereotypes might not help us identify people with a mental illness.
• To explore what someone suffering with mental ill health might experience.
• To discuss why people might hide depression, or any other mental illness.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To reflect on what mental ill health looks like.
• To highlight why stereotypes might not help us identify people with a mental illness.
• To explore what someone suffering with mental ill health might experience.
• To discuss why people might hide depression, or any other mental illness.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels. However, please ensure participants are aware of the topic to be discussed and are happy to participate.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links provided and your unique Pin, which you’ll find in ‘My Account’ section of the member homepage.
• To ensure participants have access to resources like Pixabay, or the image library in Trainers’ Library to find images.
Notes:
You will need to ensure that participants consider the virtual training room a safe space. We recommend ensuring participants have access to our list of helpful resources (or an equivalent for your region if you are located outside the UK.) Before running this module, facilitators should have an understanding of mental health and have completed training around this topic.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To enable participants to be able to define mentoring and its purpose.
• To explain the key differences between coaching and mentoring.
• To identify the benefits of effective mentoring to organisations, mentors and protégés.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To enable participants to be able to define mentoring and its purpose.
• To explain the key differences between coaching and mentoring.
• To identify the benefits of effective mentoring to organisations, mentors and protégés.
Group Size:
This module can be used with individuals as well as groups of up to 12 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone who wants to be a mentor and also those who are looking to use a mentor, but want to know more about the mentoring process.
You'll Need:
• To pre-prepare the poll/quiz.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes.
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To recognise the key skills required of a mentor.
• To assess current skill levels.
• To identify key strengths and areas for development.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To recognise the key skills required of a mentor.
• To assess current skill levels.
• To identify key strengths and areas for development.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels who are, or will shortly begin, mentoring others.
You'll Need:
• Be prepared to email handouts to participants during the session if they are unable to download them.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To show participants how we all interpret information differently.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To show participants how we all interpret information differently.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This is a fun way to explore how we all see things differently. We recommend a minimum of 5 participants for this activity to work well.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This is one of my favourite exercises! So simple and causes lost of laughter - I've used it lots of times in a course around building impact and influence to explain how we see things differently. There's also lost of great insights afterwards. I've used this with people globally on a virtual session and it works well with people whose first language is not English too.
|
|
Elaine Stephens
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To show participants how we all interpret information differently.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To show participants how we all interpret information differently.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It is not suitable for 1-1 use.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Participants will need access to at least two sheets of plain A4 paper, a black marker pen or biro and, ideally, some coloured pens or pencils.
Notes:
This is a fun way to explore how we all see things differently. We recommend a minimum of 5 participants for this module to work well.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how easily misunderstandings can occur even when we think our communication is clear.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 40 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how easily misunderstandings can occur even when we think our communication is clear.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Plenty of post-it notes.
• 10 sheets of flipchart paper.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how easily misunderstandings can occur even when we think our communication is clear.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how easily misunderstandings can occur even when we think our communication is clear.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore what really motivates and demotivates people.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore what really motivates and demotivates people.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To have created the poll before the session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this session recently and it gave people time out to fully explore the motivators they had and ways to identify their team's motivators. The session ended on an upbeat note with the exercise on actions to implement creating a great conversation.
I also found the poll questions very useful for generating conversation and insights.
|
|
Nicola Richardson
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 120 minutes.
Aims:
• To assess team dynamics and their ability to communicate effectively and work cooperatively.
• To show the importance of sharing information with others and gathering information through effective questioning and listening.
• To understand the importance of a thorough investigation when solving problems.
• To provide an opportunity to practise working effectively under pressure and maintaining the focus and momentum needed to complete the task accurately and in the allotted time.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 90 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 120 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To assess team dynamics and their ability to communicate effectively and work cooperatively.
• To show the importance of sharing information with others and gathering information through effective questioning and listening.
• To understand the importance of a thorough investigation when solving problems.
• To provide an opportunity to practise working effectively under pressure and maintaining the focus and momentum needed to complete the task accurately and in the allotted time.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Communication skills, team building, team skills, effective meetings, time management, leadership and problem solving.
Group Size:
This exercise is specially designed to be used in small groups of between 4 and 6 participants. In larger groups, teams can compete against each other to see which can come closest to solving the mystery.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels working in a team.
You'll Need:
To prepare your chosen collaborative whiteboard or PowerPoint in advance with:
• The floor plan set as the background and locked.
• A set of character counters that participants can move around. If you have a larger group, we suggest splitting participants into teams with a floor plan and character counters for each team to use in their breakout rooms.
Notes:
Murder at Glasstap Grange is a powerful tool that can also be used to assess skills in an assessment centre. We recommend using Miro for this activity due to the functionality available, but it is possible to run the activity using other collaborative whiteboard solutions or PowerPoint if preferred.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required if multiple teams).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (recommended).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on where they are, their strengths and the challenges they face.
• To identify parallels with nature and reflect on what learning this provides.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 45 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on where they are, their strengths and the challenges they face.
• To identify parallels with nature and reflect on what learning this provides.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
New leaders in particular and in any situation where self-reflection might be valuable.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
Nature can be a powerful metaphor for learning. It is, after all, in a constant state of change, growth and renewal and it’s full of symbiotic relationships. There are clear parallels here with the workplace where success is often dependent on teamwork, where change is constant and where communication, learning and adaptability are essential skills. This can be a particularly powerful activity to use with new managers to encourage them to reflect on their place in the team and the skills they need to develop but it can be used in other situations too, where some self-reflection might be valuable.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on where they are, their strengths and the challenges they face.
• To identify parallels with nature and reflect on what learning this provides.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on where they are, their strengths and the challenges they face.
• To identify parallels with nature and reflect on what learning this provides.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
New leaders in particular and in any situation where self-reflection might be valuable.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
Nature can be a powerful metaphor for learning. It is, after all, in a constant state of change, growth and renewal and it’s full of symbiotic relationships. There are clear parallels here with the workplace where success is often dependent on teamwork, where change is constant and where communication, learning and adaptability are essential skills. This can be a particularly powerful activity to use with new managers to encourage them to reflect on their place in the team and the skills they need to develop but it can be used in other situations too, where some self-reflection might be valuable.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider how to gather information effectively and accurately, through effective questioning.
• To explore the importance of choosing questions that provide an opportunity to build on existing knowledge.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider how to gather information effectively and accurately, through effective questioning.
• To explore the importance of choosing questions that provide an opportunity to build on existing knowledge.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
We don’t recommend using this activity in groups of more than 12 participants. This activity has been tested using Zoom and, as it requires use of the annotation tools, it’s recommended that you use that platform to run it. (At the time of writing, it is not compatible with Teams.) There is a handout that explains how to use the annotation tools in Zoom, if required.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify the risks of negotiating from your own perspective without considering the other party’s.
• To help managers begin to understand why employee engagement is central to being a successful manager.
• To challenge common misconceptions about what makes a good salesperson or negotiator.
• To identify the benefits of relationship-based negotiation.
• To being to explore the behaviours needed to achieve win-win in negotiations.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify the risks of negotiating from your own perspective without considering the other party’s.
• To help managers begin to understand why employee engagement is central to being a successful manager.
• To challenge common misconceptions about what makes a good salesperson or negotiator.
• To identify the benefits of relationship-based negotiation.
• To explore the behaviours needed to achieve win-win in negotiations.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It is not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone who needs to negotiate or sell.
Notes:
This is a useful introduction to any training where you want to develop your learners’ abilities to negotiate solutions using an approach based on shared challenge, rather than competition. It illustrates the limitations of position-based negotiation. It is possible to reduce the time needed for this module by 10 minutes by pre-briefing two participants.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (optional).
• Breakout Rooms (essential).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 10 minutes.
Aims:
• To get participants in the right mindset for thinking creatively or embracing new ideas.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 5 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 10 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To get participants in the right mindset for thinking creatively or embracing new ideas.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• A newspaper.
• Flipchart paper and pens.
Notes:
Small prizes for the winners would be a nice touch.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To understand the importance of agreeing clear performance objectives with team members.
• To understand what makes an objective SMART.
• To give participants the opportunity to write a SMART objective.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To understand the importance of agreeing clear performance objectives with team members.
• To understand what makes an objective SMART.
• To give participants the opportunity to write a SMART objective.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff up to supervisor/junior management level.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
For managers, we strongly recommend following this module with SMART Objectives - Practice, or replacing it entirely with that module, depending on their level of existing knowledge. That module will give participants an opportunity to create SMART objectives for specific members of their team.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 90 minutes.
Aims:
• To consider the journey that participants have been on and where they are now.
• To consider where they would like to be.
• To identify the changes participants can make to help them reach that destination resiliently.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 60 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 90 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To consider the journey that participants have been on and where they are now.
• To consider where they would like to be.
• To identify the changes participants can make to help them reach that destination resiliently.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
This module is ideally suited for use in an established team that have been through a transformational change. It is not recommended for use with individuals who have or are going through a personally traumatic experience, where professional counselling, or other external support is likely to be appropriate. Always consider where in the change curve people are and whether they are emotionally ready to reflect on the experience they have been through before using this module. If they are still in the Shock or Anger phases of emotional response, this module is unlikely to be useful. (For more information on this, please refer to Sarah’s Change.)
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This is an ideal follow on to Keys to Resilience. It was developed in response to the pandemic of 2020 but may be useful in a range of situations where teams are experiencing, or have experienced, transformational change. It challenges the perception of wanting to get back to how things were before and encourages participants to reflect on the whole journey, what they’ve learnt and what they want to take with them on the next leg. This is a long session, which can be split by a break where indicated.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about the extent to which they engage in change.
• To help those involved in change consider how they could make the change journey easier for themselves, and others.
• To help those involved in change, successfully engage stakeholders.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about the extent to which they engage in change.
• To help those involved in change consider how they could make the change journey easier for themselves, and others.
• To help those involved in change, successfully engage stakeholders.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone involved in change, either as a leader, or a follower.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links together with your personal PIN.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to share information about themselves.
• To test participant's knowledge of each other.
• To encourage participants to see beyond their existing perceptions of others.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 20 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to share information about themselves.
• To test participant's knowledge of each other.
• To encourage participants to see beyond their existing perceptions of others.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• A pen and post-it notes for each participant.
Notes:
For a similar activity, with a different approach, you might like to look at True Lies.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I really enjoyed watching delegates as they found out different things about their colleagues. The whole team were roaring in laughter at, not only the statements but their guesses.
I used this on another team, but swapped it round a little. I had all delegates pass tp me what their truth & lie was. I then read them all out to the team for them to guess, firstly the truth and secondly who it belonged to. This took a little longer, but it was also a great hit with the delegates.
|
|
Tracy Windross
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to share information about themselves.
• To test participant's knowledge of each other.
• To encourage participants to see beyond their existing perceptions of others.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to share information about themselves.
• To test participant's knowledge of each other.
• To encourage participants to see beyond their existing perceptions of others.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
For a similar activity, with a different approach, you might like to look at True Lies.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To build rapport between participants.
• To identify learning objectives.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To build rapport between participants.
• To identify learning objectives.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The PowerPoint slides provided or similar software that allows participants to draw/colour a picture.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
An "oldie but a goodie". I've used this type of approach many times as an introduction exercise. I do, however, like the idea of using it as a review at the end of a piece of learning, and don't know why I didn't use this in this way before. Just shows, need to be pushed out of your comfort zone to think more widely than just using the same things for the same things time and time again. This has pushed me to consider how can I use/adapt this and other similar exercises in a different way.
|
|
Gill Hannah
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on what they’ve learnt.
• To identify the group’s key learning points.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 20 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on what they’ve learnt.
• To identify the group’s key learning points.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• A selection of random images - one for every 3 participants.
Notes:
This is an ideal review activity to include in training where you’ve sought to encourage lateral or creative thinking.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on what they’ve learnt.
• To identify the group’s key learning points.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on what they’ve learnt.
• To identify the group’s key learning points.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• A selection of random images - one for every 3 participants.
Notes:
This is an ideal review activity to include in training where you’ve sought to encourage lateral or creative thinking.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants communication in a fun way and identify areas for improvement.
• To consider the impact poor communication can have on performance levels.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 20 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To test participants communication in a fun way and identify areas for improvement.
• To consider the impact poor communication can have on performance levels.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• A bucket (or a bowl if space is limited).
• A timer/stopwatch.
• A flipchart to record the scores. And for each pair of participants:
• A blindfold.
• 6 soft balls (or tiddlywinks/counters if space is limited). (Each pair must have six balls/counters of the same colour.)
Notes:
If space is limited, substitute the bucket and soft balls for a bowl and tiddlywinks/counters.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants’ communication in a fun way and identify areas for improvement.
• To consider the impact poor communication can have on performance levels.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To test participants’ communication in a fun way and identify areas for improvement.
• To consider the impact poor communication can have on performance levels.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• A timer/stopwatch.
• An online whiteboard or similar to record the scores.
• The ability to share the Pie PowerPoint slide/image on screen for participants to add their fruit (stamps) to. And for each pair of participants:
• The Pie Map Handouts.
• The ability to annotate a file shared on screen with a ‘Stamp’, similar to that provided in Zoom.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of body language in communication.
• To identify the positive and negative signals we give off in conversation.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of body language in communication.
• To identify the positive and negative signals we give off in conversation.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• A delivery method that allows participants to give non-verbal reactions, as in Zoom. Your participants will need to understand how to do this. (Although we do provide a work around if this isn’t possible.)
Notes:
This module has been written from a UK perspective. Body language can be interpreted very differently in different regions of the world. There are two ways to run this activity. The first is a lively and engaging competition, with lots of noise that might not be appropriate for all groups. This requires access to our videos and is best for customers whose membership allows them to pre-download the video, rather than stream it. The other is a discussion-based activity, which utilises breakout rooms. Choose the one that is best suited to your group.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
One of my favourites in terms of getting the groups to consider the impact of their own body language on others. A great exercise
|
|
Laura Cronin
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore common problems/conundrums associated with working in telesales or a call centre role and discuss ways of overcoming these.
• To identify and share best practices and tips for making calls successful.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore common problems/conundrums associated with working in telesales or a call centre role and discuss ways of overcoming these.
• To identify and share best practices and tips for making calls successful.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Telesales and telephone skills, customer service, communication skills, effective questioning, building rapport, creative thinking and problem solving.
Group Size:
Participants can play individually, although we recommend they play in pairs/small teams. We recommend a maximum of 12 participants for this exercise.
Useful For:
Staff who are involved in a telesales or customer facing call centre role.
You'll Need:
To prepare your chosen collaborative whiteboard or PowerPoint in advance with:
• The ‘Pitfalls and Trampolines' game board image set as the background and locked.
• A simple counter shape for each team in play that participants can move around the board.
• The Dice app if using Miro or the spinner from Trainers’ Library set up as a dice. You’ll also need:
• The Pitfalls and Trampolines handouts (for the facilitator).
Notes:
Pitfalls and Trampolines is a fun board game that can be used at any point within a training event but is perhaps most useful as a tool for reviewing key learning points and for sharing knowledge and ideas. Some of the Pitfalls and Trampolines questions in the facilitator’s handouts may not be applicable to your participants so, before starting the exercise, review and remove any that aren’t relevant. We recommend using Miro for this activity due to the functionality available, but it is possible to run the activity using other collaborative whiteboard solutions or PowerPoint if preferred. Whatever your chosen solution, you’ll need to ‘roll’ the dice for participants during the game.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (recommended).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore common problems/conundrums associated with working in a customer facing role and discuss ways of overcoming these.
• To identify and share best practices and tips for satisfying and delighting customers.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore common problems/conundrums associated with working in a customer facing role and discuss ways of overcoming these.
• To identify and share best practices and tips for satisfying and delighting customers.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Customer care, communication skills, teamwork and collaboration, creative thinking and problem solving.
Group Size:
Participants can play individually, although we recommend they play in pairs/small teams. We recommend a maximum of 12 participants for this exercise.
Useful For:
Staff who are in a customer facing role.
You'll Need:
To prepare your chosen collaborative whiteboard or PowerPoint in advance with:
• The ‘Pitfalls and Trampolines' game board image set as the background and locked.
• A simple counter shape for each team in play that participants can move around the board.
• The Dice app if using Miro or the spinner from Trainers’ Library set up as a dice. You’ll also need:
• The Pitfalls and Trampolines handouts (for the facilitator).
Notes:
Pitfalls and Trampolines is a fun board game that can be used at any point within a training event but is perhaps most useful as a tool for reviewing key learning points and for sharing knowledge and ideas. Some of the Pitfalls and Trampolines questions in the facilitator’s handouts may not be applicable to your participants so, before starting the exercise, review and remove any that aren’t relevant. We recommend using Miro for this activity due to the functionality available, but it is possible to run the activity using other collaborative whiteboard solutions or PowerPoint if preferred. Whatever your chosen solution, you’ll need to ‘roll’ the dice for participants during the game.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (recommended).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To examine common problems/conundrums associated with giving presentations and discuss ways of overcoming these.
• To highlight and share best practices and tips for making presentations successful.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To examine common problems/conundrums associated with giving presentations and discuss ways of overcoming these.
• To highlight and share best practices and tips for making presentations successful.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Presentation skills, communication skills, influence and persuasion, planning and preparation, creative thinking and audience engagement.
Group Size:
Participants can play individually, although we recommend they play in pairs/small teams. We recommend a maximum of 12 participants for this exercise.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels who are involved in delivering presentations.
You'll Need:
To prepare your chosen collaborative whiteboard or PowerPoint in advance with:
• The ‘Pitfalls and Trampolines' game board image set as the background and locked.
• A simple counter shape for each team in play that participants can move around the board.
• The Dice app if using Miro or the spinner from Trainers’ Library set up as a dice. You’ll also need:
• The Pitfalls and Trampolines handouts (for the facilitator).
Notes:
Pitfalls and Trampolines is a fun board game that can be used at any point within a training event but is perhaps most useful as a tool for reviewing key learning points and for sharing knowledge and ideas. Some of the Pitfalls and Trampolines questions in the facilitator’s handouts may not be applicable to your participants so, before starting the exercise, review and remove any that aren’t relevant. We recommend using Miro for this activity due to the functionality available, but it is possible to run the activity using other collaborative whiteboard solutions or PowerPoint if preferred. Whatever your chosen solution, you’ll need to ‘roll’ the dice for participants during the game.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (recommended).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 70 minutes.
Aims:
• To explain one technique for planning a presentation.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise planning what to include in a presentation and how to structure it.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 70 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explain one technique for planning a presentation.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise planning what to include in a presentation and how to structure it.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Participants will need access to PowerPoint or a collaborative whiteboard, using a system like Miro (our recommended solution), in which to plan their presentation.
Notes:
This module provides a useful approach for planning presentations that can also be adapted to show participants how to plan a report.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (required or PowerPoint can be used).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify improvements that can be made.
• To identify things that need to be taken into consideration when planning continuous improvement activities.
• To plan one improvement that can be implemented in the workplace.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 60 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify improvements that can be made.
• To identify things that need to be taken into consideration when planning continuous improvement activities.
• To plan one improvement that can be implemented in the workplace.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 105 minutes.
Aims:
• To tests individuals’ commitment to teamwork, as well as their ability to communicate effectively and work co-operatively together.
• To explore how participants react when trust within their team is undermined and to observe how well individuals work together when under pressure.
• To examine the impact changes in personnel can have on a team, as well as an opportunity to consider the size at which teams achieve optimum performance, in terms of their decision making abilities.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 60 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 105 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To tests individuals’ commitment to teamwork, as well as their ability to communicate effectively and work co-operatively together.
• To explore how participants react when trust within their team is undermined and to observe how well individuals work together when under pressure.
• To examine the impact changes in personnel can have on a team, as well as an opportunity to consider the size at which teams achieve optimum performance, in terms of their decision making abilities.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Communication skills, problem solving, decision making, teamwork and team dynamics, leadership, conflict, trust, adapting to change and time management.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To customise the free spinner provided on Trainers’ Library.
• A timer/stopwatch to keep track of time. (There is a countdown timer available in Trainers’ Library.)
Notes:
This exercise has been designed to look at teamwork in a general sense and to provide an opportunity to think about what happens to teamwork when trust is impaired or missing. The first 10 minutes, before the exercise begins, should be used to give the teams a chance to clarify their understanding of the rules, and begin thinking about their strategy. In this module we’ve used a fictional currency that consists of Unums and Centums. This means the exercise can be used in any country, and with international groups, without further adaptation. (100 Unum = 1 Centum.)
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To consider the role goals can play in helping a positive mental attitude and resilience.
• To consider why goals can help or hinder our resilience and how to ensure our goals help us move forward positively.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To consider the role goals can play in helping a positive mental attitude and resilience.
• To consider why goals can help or hinder our resilience and how to ensure our goals help us move forward positively.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This activity encourages participants to reflect on a personal goal. It’s important therefore that their right to privacy is respected and that participants are invited rather than asked to share their thoughts, insights and ideas.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To consider the role goals can play in helping a positive mental attitude and resilience.
• To consider why goals can help or hinder our resilience and how to ensure our goals help us move forward positively.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To consider the role goals can play in helping a positive mental attitude and resilience.
• To consider why goals can help or hinder our resilience and how to ensure our goals help us move forward positively.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To have created the poll before the session (see Notes).
Notes:
This module uses a poll. However, if you are using a system that does not support polls, you can use Handout 1 as a replacement for this.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand what listeners actually pay attention to when someone is speaking.
• To provide participants with a self-generated list of the essences of powerful communication.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand what listeners actually pay attention to when someone is speaking.
• To provide participants with a self-generated list of the essences of powerful communication.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This exercise can be useful in any course on communication skills or presentation skills. It works best at the start of a course as the flipchart that the participants generate can be referred to throughout the rest of the course and added to as other essences of powerful communication appear. If you have more than 6 participants, the exercise works best if you split the group into 2 teams, in which case you might want one team to run the activity without cameras, as explained in the notes. (If you do this, you will need one participant, or another trainer, to facilitate the process.)
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required if more than 6 participants).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To generate a list of open questions that can be used during participants’ sales calls/meetings.
• To group these according to where they would most naturally be used in the sales process.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To generate a list of open questions that can be used during participants’ sales calls/meetings.
• To group these according to where they would most naturally be used in the sales process.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This is a practical activity that will help participants identify a useful suite of questions they can use in their sales calls.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required for groups of 5 or more).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 205 minutes.
Aims:
• To give participants the opportunity to practice giving a presentation and receive feedback from their peers and you.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 185 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 205 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To give participants the opportunity to practice giving a presentation and receive feedback from their peers and you.
Group Size:
This module can be used with small groups of up to 6 participants.
Useful For:
Those who have had training to help them develop their skills and confidence for making presentations.
You'll Need:
• Enough observer feedback sheets so that each participant (and you) has enough sheets to complete one for each presentation observed.
Notes:
This module provides a template for a practical half-day workshop. The timings in this module are based on a group of 6, with each participant giving a 15-minute presentation (including questions). If you have a smaller group, you’ll be able to reduce the time by 35 minutes for each person not present. If you have more than 6 participants, we strongly recommend splitting the group and running two separate practice sessions – no-one wants to sit through more than six presentations in one session, even if they are short.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 205 minutes.
Aims:
• To give participants the opportunity to practice giving a presentation and receive feedback from their peers and you.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 185 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 205 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To give participants the opportunity to practice giving a presentation and receive feedback from their peers and you.
Group Size:
This module can be used with small groups of fewer than 7 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Those who have had training to help them develop their skills and confidence for making presentations.
You'll Need:
• A pre-prepared PowerPoint slide or collaborative whiteboard for each team (see trainer notes). We recommend using a solution like Miro.
• Enough observer feedback sheets so that each participant (and you) are able to complete one for each presentation observed.
Notes:
This module provides a template for a practical half-day workshop. The timings in this module are based on a group of 6, with each participant giving a 15-minute presentation (including questions). If you have a smaller group, you’ll be able to reduce the time by 35 minutes for each person not present.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required (unless you have multiple teams).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (recommended).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To provide an opportunity for participants to practise using the Urgent/Important Matrix.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To provide an opportunity for participants to practise using the Urgent/Important Matrix.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link in Trainers’ Library.
• Your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Notes:
This module can be adapted for delivery 1:1.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 35 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants ability to work together to solve a communication challenge.
• To encourage participants to think about communication and the importance of being able to communicate with others.
• To consider the importance of checking understanding and taking your whole team with you when change occurs.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 35 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To test participants ability to work together to solve a communication challenge.
• To encourage participants to think about communication and the importance of being able to communicate with others.
• To consider the importance of checking understanding and taking your whole team with you when change occurs.
Group Size:
Suitable for use with groups of up to 12 participants.
Useful For:
Staff of all levels.
You'll Need:
Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
If using this exercise with very large groups, you will need to split participants into smaller teams.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
We had a lot of fun with the activity. It provided some competitiveness as well as bringing to life how important clear communication is. As a team, we are rarely in the same room and it opened a conversation about purposeful communication styles and methods
|
|
Katie Hastie
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 35 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants ability to work together to solve a communication challenge.
• To encourage participants to think about communication and the importance of being able to communicate with others.
• To consider the importance of checking understanding and taking your whole team with you when change occurs.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 35 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To test participants ability to work together to solve a communication challenge.
• To encourage participants to think about communication and the importance of being able to communicate with others.
• To consider the importance of checking understanding and taking your whole team with you when change occurs.
Group Size:
Suitable for use with groups of up to 12 participants.
Useful For:
Staff of all levels.
You'll Need:
Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This icebreaker is a useful introduction to any training around teamwork, communication, change, resilience or problem solving.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (optional).
• Breakout Rooms (essential).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
Got introduced to this on an online session with Rod. Tried for the first time in a physical class setting. A great activity that allows learners to both problem solve and see how communication can become more effective by reducing barriers (which in turn helped our discussion on the subject afterwards). Already have a plan to use it again.
|
|
Grant Henderson
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the importance of prioritising the problems they face.
• To allow participants to plan their next steps in addressing problems based on both their ability AND desire to solve them.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the importance of prioritising the problems they face.
• To allow participants to plan their next steps in addressing problems based on both their ability AND desire to solve them.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Problem Solving Quadrants grid pre-drawn on a flip chart.
• Pens and post it notes.
Notes:
It may help to facilitate the initial discussion if you have a workplace problem of your own to share. Whilst designed as a group training session, this technique also works well for 1:1 coaching.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the importance of prioritising the problems they face.
• To allow participants to plan their next steps in addressing problems based on both their ability AND desire to solve them.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the importance of prioritising the problems they face.
• To allow participants to plan their next steps in addressing problems based on both their ability AND desire to solve them.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To prepare a Miro board (or similar, depending on your chosen solution) before the session (see trainer notes).
Notes:
It may help to facilitate the initial discussion if you have a workplace problem of your own to share. Whilst designed as a group training session, this technique also works well for 1:1 coaching.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To give participants an opportunity to feel for themselves how stressful procrastination can be.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 5 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 15 minutes for completion (see notes).
Aims:
• To give participants an opportunity to feel for themselves how stressful procrastination can be.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Enough identical, plain wrapped chocolates, for there to be one per participant.
• A jug of water and a glass (on standby for dramatic effect).
Notes:
This module involves a simple ‘side’ activity that continues throughout the workshop/course with the discussion at the end. Chocolate coins will work well for this exercise as they just need to be simple pieces of plain or milk chocolate that look identical, but your participants will think something quite different.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I think this is a brilliant way to highlight procrastination and the link to fear. I will definitely be using this activity in my next course.
I wanted to add the suggestion of an alternative. It may be worth asking delegates firstly if there are any food allergies amongst them. Chili is a known trigger for allergies. As an alternative it may be worth considering informing the attendees that one of the chocolates/sweets has an unpleasant taste rather than a chili based flavour. Looking forward to using this activity.
|
|
Tracy Windross
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To explain the difference between reproductive and productive thinking.
• To explain the dangers of relying on reproductive thinking when solving problems.
• To provide an opportunity for participants to practise productive thinking.
• To get participants in the right mindset for productive idea generation.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explain the difference between reproductive and productive thinking.
• To explain the dangers of relying on reproductive thinking when solving problems.
• To provide an opportunity for participants to practise productive thinking.
• To get participants in the right mindset for productive idea generation.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
Notes:
Though not essential, we recommend using a whiteboard in one of the activities in this module that participants can access from breakout rooms, add sticky notes to and be able to move them around. We recommend using Miro or a suitable alternative solution for this activity.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
About
Learners explore one of the most powerful aids to selling - open questions – and create a useful bank of questions to use back in the workplace.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of open questions when exploring problems.
• To encourage participants to identify effective open questions for challenging blocks and assumptions.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of open questions when exploring problems.
• To encourage participants to identify effective open questions for challenging blocks and assumptions.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff levels of Supervisor and above.
You'll Need:
Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
Participants will need to be aware of question types and be able to recognise the difference between open, closed, leading and hypothetical questions. A remote delivery module that explains different types of questions is Types of Question - Recognising the Differences.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (optional).
• Breakout Rooms (essential).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to begin to think about resilience and what it means to them.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to begin to think about resilience and what it means to them.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Everyone.
You'll Need:
• To send out instructions in advance of the training session and follow up on these, if necessary, to ensure the pre-training task is completed.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on learning they’ve experienced.
• To review the key learning points from training.
• To encourage participants to think about the next steps they’ll take to implement the learning.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on learning they’ve experienced.
• To review the key learning points from training.
• To encourage participants to think about the next steps they’ll take to implement the learning.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of between 8 and 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• We recommend using the Spinning Wheel for this activity, though it’s not essential.
• To prepare the Question Cards in advance of the training.
Notes:
The questions we’ve provided in this activity are suggestions only and you do not have to include all categories. It is recommended that, if including the blue ‘facts’ category, you add further questions specific to your learning content.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on learning they’ve experienced.
• To review the key learning points from training.
• To encourage participants to think about the next steps they’ll take to implement the learning.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on learning they’ve experienced.
• To review the key learning points from training.
• To encourage participants to think about the next steps they’ll take to implement the learning.
Group Size:
This module can be used with larger groups of between 7 and 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• We recommend using the Spinning Wheel for this activity, though it’s not essential.
Notes:
The questions we’ve provided in this activity are suggestions only and you do not have to include all categories. It is recommended that, if including the blue ‘facts’ category, you add further questions specific to your learning content.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce ‘Reframe’ as an idea generation method.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise using the approach.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce ‘Reframe’ as an idea generation method.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise using the approach.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To reflect on the behaviours typically adopted by creative people.
• To encourage participants to consider their own use of these behaviours.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To reflect on the behaviours typically adopted by creative people.
• To encourage participants to consider their own use of these behaviours.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
The exercise used in this module is designed to provoke thought about the extent to which participants adopt the behaviours of bravery, inquisitiveness, receptiveness and drive at work. It is not intended as a ‘test’ of creativity but rather as a way of identifying how they could potentially begin developing their ability to think creatively and apply creative thinking in their workplace.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the background issues that affect remote teams.
• To help participants recognise the challenge of working collaboratively when geographically separated.
• To show the importance of establishing clear guidelines at the start of any project to ensure success.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the background issues that affect remote teams.
• To help participants recognise the challenge of working collaboratively when geographically separated.
• To show the importance of establishing clear guidelines at the start of any project to ensure success.
Group Size:
This module can be used with individuals as well as groups of up to 12 participants.
Useful For:
Those who currently work in Remote Teams. It is also particularly well suited to those that are about to start working remotely. It is best run with complete teams, but you could also run it with those responsible for managing a Remote Team.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module is an excellent follow on to Working in Remote Teams.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I think this is a really useful learning as often teams fall down because they don't know the rules.
I used this learning with a group of managers and leads who did not know each other. There were 4 of them and in all honesty, it needed more people to get the conversations generated. I also think it would work better with people all from the same organisation.
We still got some good feedback but more is the merrier.
|
|
Nicola Richardson
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To consider how managers might need to adapt their attitudes and approach in order to successfully manage a remote team.
• To consider the pitfalls of trying to micro-manage a remote team.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To consider how managers might need to adapt their attitudes and approach in order to successfully manage a remote team.
• To consider the pitfalls of trying to micro-manage a remote team.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
This module is suitable for those who do, or will, manage remote teams.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module is particularly targeted at managers with a tendency to control and micro-manage, and considers the changes they will need to make to their management style in order to successfully manage a remote team.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This activity is excellent. I used the scenarios with a mix of managers from different businesses. The conversation generated was excellent and the outcomes were good. I think I would allow a bit more time for this as the discussions went deep and we overran by 10 minutes.
I had 9 participants and this was a good number for the discussions. The scenario relly helped the discussions
|
|
Nicola Richardson
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To consider how our beliefs about people impact the way we manage them.
• To consider whether those beliefs and the resulting behaviours will help us effectively manage remote workers.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To consider how our beliefs about people impact the way we manage them.
• To consider whether those beliefs and the resulting behaviours will help us effectively manage remote workers.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
This module is suitable for those who do, or will, manage remote teams.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module encourages participants to consider their beliefs about employees and whether those beliefs and the resulting behaviours they adopt will help them get the best out of remote workers. You can use this in place of Remote Team Management – Attitude and Approach, but consider using that module to reinforce and develop the learning from this.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To consider the challenges faced by remote workers and the skills needed to self-manage.
• To look at ways in which remote workers can create a separation between work and home life.
• To look at the role team leaders play in supporting home workers, particularly those new to home working.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To consider the challenges faced by remote workers and the skills needed to self-manage.
• To look at ways in which remote workers can create a separation between work and home life.
• To look at the role team leaders play in supporting home workers, particularly those new to home working.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
This module is suitable for those who do, or will, manage remote teams and all those who work remotely.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
The Glasstap team have been working successfully as a remote team from at least 6 different locations, for more than 10 years. Collectively, we have more than 55 years’ experience of remote team working.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this exercise today with a mixed group of managers and it went down really well. I did find it needed more time in the feedback part as lots were being shared and good best practices too.
I would use this exercise again as it was so productive and really got the participants engaged and learning off each other.
|
|
Nicola Richardson
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about how they can develop and maintain a real sense of teamwork, even when people are physically distanced.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about how they can develop and maintain a real sense of teamwork, even when people are physically distanced.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Whilst this module is useful to anyone who works in a remote team, or will be in the future, it perhaps works best when run with a complete team of remote workers (including their manager), as they’ll be able to more easily develop and action the ideas generated.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about the technology that will help remote teams to be effective and how to use it appropriately.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about the technology that will help remote teams to be effective and how to use it appropriately.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
This module is best run with a complete team of remote workers and their manager.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
The Glasstap team have been working successfully as a remote team from at least 6 different locations, for more than 10 years. Collectively, we have more than 55 years’ experience of remote team working. In this series of modules, we’ve used that experience to help you help other teams and their managers make the transition to remote working, or build on the foundations already in place.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To increase participants awareness of how their response to difficult behaviour might encourage it.
• To identify strategies for managing difficult behaviour that doesn’t reward the behaviour or lead to conflict.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To increase participants awareness of how their response to difficult behaviour might encourage it.
• To identify strategies for managing difficult behaviour that doesn’t reward the behaviour or lead to conflict.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
You might like to prepare the ground for this module with Understanding and Managing Emotions.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I ran this session today and it took longer than I expected as people really got into what were difficult behaviours and how to deal with them. It was interesting to see how people perceived behaviours and it creates a great talking piece
|
|
Nicola Richardson
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participant’s attention to detail and accuracy skills.
• To identify the kinds of mistakes that are commonly made when writing or checking documents, and how to avoid them.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To test participant’s attention to detail and accuracy skills.
• To identify the kinds of mistakes that are commonly made when writing or checking documents, and how to avoid them.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participant’s attention to detail and accuracy skills.
• To identify the kinds of mistakes that are commonly made when writing or checking documents, and how to avoid them.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To test participant’s attention to detail and accuracy skills.
• To identify the kinds of mistakes that are commonly made when writing or checking documents, and how to avoid them.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider the art of feedback and to ensure their feedback is appropriate and objective.
• To enable participants to identify useful, helpful, constructive feedback.
• To clarify what makes useful, constructive feedback.
• To develop the participants’ ability to give constructive feedback.
• To consider how it feels to be on the receiving end of destructive or unhelpful feedback.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider the art of feedback and to ensure their feedback is appropriate and objective.
• To enable participants to identify useful, helpful, constructive feedback.
• To clarify what makes useful, constructive feedback.
• To develop the participants’ ability to give constructive feedback.
• To consider how it feels to be on the receiving end of destructive or unhelpful feedback.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
The suggested time for this module is based on the assumption that pre-work has covered the essential elements of positive feedback. The activity is designed to help participants improve their ability to offer feedback in a way that is constructive and helpful and leads to positive performance. It works particularly well following the Introduction to Giving Feedback (R) module in Trainers’ Library (which covers the essential elements mentioned above). The activity in this module can be used as the basis of a 1:1 coaching discussion.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (optional).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about the importance of written complaints.
• To provide a simple model for drafting an appropriate written response to a complaint.
• To provide an opportunity for participants to practise writing responses to customer complaints.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about the importance of written complaints.
• To provide a simple model for drafting an appropriate written response to a complaint.
• To provide an opportunity for participants to practise writing responses to customer complaints.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels and in particular, supervisors, team leaders or those responding to customer complaints.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
We have provided 4 fictional written complaints, which can be used if real examples can't be made available, (together with a suggested response for each) but the exercise will probably be of more benefit if participants can draft responses to complaints that are relevant to their team/department/organisation. We recommend therefore that for the practical element of this module, you gather some examples of written complaints received by your organisation (try to have a mix of letters, emails or social media postings). You should pre-prepare these by removing any information that identifies the customer and/or a particular member of staff. Before running this module, please familiarise yourself with the handout and make sure you understand the structure used. The suggested responses to our fictional written complaints will help in your preparation.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes.
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce ‘Reversal’ as an idea generation technique.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise using the technique.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce ‘Reversal’ as an idea generation technique.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to practise using the technique.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
Notes:
Refer to Handout 1 for a worked example of the simple technique introduced in this module.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required - if you have multiple teams).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 80 minutes.
Aims:
• To give participants insight into the destructive nature of a blame culture.
• To demonstrate the importance of empathy in conflict resolution.
• To take participants on a journey from conflict to understanding and conflict resolution.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 50 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 80 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To give participants insight into the destructive nature of a blame culture.
• To demonstrate the importance of empathy in conflict resolution.
• To take participants on a journey from conflict to understanding and conflict resolution.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone who needs to work with other teams and/or manages conflict or misunderstanding across teams.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
You’ll need a minimum of 6 participants. This version of the classroom module Restaurant Revolution is adapted for virtual delivery.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify key areas of concern to participants.
• To help identify key priorities and learning objectives.
• To discuss what barriers to success the training might help participants overcome.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To identify key areas of concern to participants.
• To help identify key priorities and learning objectives.
• To discuss what barriers to success the training might help participants overcome.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• One set of Road Signs cards for each team in play.
Notes:
This activity can be used a starting point for any behaviour-based training and is a powerful way to explore participants’ current perceptions and concerns that the training might help them address.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify key areas of concern to participants.
• To help identify key priorities and learning objectives.
• To discuss what barriers to success the training might help participants overcome.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify key areas of concern to participants.
• To help identify key priorities and learning objectives.
• To discuss what barriers to success the training might help participants overcome.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Employees at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link in Trainers’ Library.
• Your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Notes:
This activity can be used a starting point for any behaviour-based training and is a powerful way to explore participants’ current perceptions and concerns that the training might help them address.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about how to get buy-in to change.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about how to get buy-in to change.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Managers and anyone involved in implementing change.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To consider what needs to be communicated when change is initiated.
• To explore the need to convince those affected by change of the need for change, and its urgency.
• To consider methods that can be used to achieve buy-in to change programmes.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To consider what needs to be communicated when change is initiated.
• To explore the need to convince those affected by change of the need for change, and its urgency.
• To consider methods that can be used to achieve buy-in to change programmes.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Managers and anyone involved in implementing change.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
As an icebreaker to this module, you might like to use ‘Selling Change – Introduction’.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participants’ planning and communication skills.
• To demonstrate the importance of listening and using summary and clarification to check understanding.
• To consider what makes communication effective and the dangers of getting it wrong.
• To energise a group of participants.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To test participants’ planning and communication skills.
• To demonstrate the importance of listening and using summary and clarification to check understanding.
• To consider what makes communication effective and the dangers of getting it wrong.
• To energise a group of participants.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Team Brief and appropriate Activity Links together with your unique PIN ready to send to the Team Leaders (Shepherds).
Notes:
The timings shown above are based on giving the team(s) one attempt to complete a route around the course. However, you might like to give teams the opportunity to review their performance and have another go, either immediately, or later in the training, particularly if you want to link this activity to continuous improvement. For each additional attempt, allow a further 30 minutes. We’ve provided three different Route Maps for this activity, each of which is progressively more difficult. If you plan on giving participants just one attempt to complete the task, we recommend using Route 1/Activity Link 1 (the simplest) or Route 2 on Activity Link 2. If teams will have more than one opportunity to attempt the challenge, use a progressively difficult map in each subsequent round. You might like to have small prizes for the winning/successful teams.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required for larger groups).
• The system you use must also give participants the ability to annotate a file shared on screen with a ‘Stamp’, similar to that provided in Zoom.
Special Note of Thanks:
We would like to thank our customers, Bharti Dekate and the team at We Are Ideas Consulting in Mumbai, India for the enormous help and generosity in designing this remote delivery version of Glasstap Sheep Trials.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This is a very interesting training session however I would say you need some support when it comes to facilitating this online. There are a few parts where I struggled to do it by myself. Really enjoyed the take away though
|
|
Ash Newman
rated this item with 4 stars.
|
|
|
We ran this activity as a remote team leader session and the set up took more time than expected. It took quite a lot of facilitation to get the break out rooms working as teams. Overall very much enjoyed as a task as created some great discussion about the importance of communication and how we can test and learn
|
|
Katie Hastie
rated this item with 3 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To provide an opportunity for managers to practise writing objectives that are SMART.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To provide an opportunity for managers to practise writing objectives that are SMART.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Participants with managerial responsibility (or those that will have imminently).
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
For participants who don’t already know what SMART means, we recommend running Objectives - Introducing SMART first.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to identify common experiences and shared values.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to identify common experiences and shared values.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This is a great ‘universal’ icebreaker but perhaps particularly relevant as an introduction to training linked to negotiation and sales, influence, equal opportunities and diversity and, perhaps surprisingly, creativity and innovation.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this with a team in which some people knew each other quite well whilst others were new to the team and it was a very good short icebreaker.
I would definitely recommend a small prize for the most unusual 'something in common' to invite a little more creative thinking. One or two came back with 'we work for the same company' / 'we all work remotely' so it might need a little encouragement to think more deeply.
It works well as an alternative to everyone introducing themselves at the start of a meeting/workshop; my team enjoyed it.
|
|
Mathew Clark
rated this item with 4 stars.
|
|
|
Lovely little ice breaker suitable for all levels. I used this as an intro to a team working session.
|
|
Laura Cronin
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
This is one of my favourite icebreakers. I use it to start a Conflict Management workshop, it's a great way to demonstrate that everyone can find something in common, even if they have only just met, and how that helps breaks down barriers.
|
|
Elisse Baitz
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore what participants believe needs to happen when there is conflict between colleagues.
• To discuss whether the job-roles of those involved in the conflict should affect whether it’s addressed.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 20 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To explore what participants believe needs to happen when there is conflict between colleagues.
• To discuss whether the job-roles of those involved in the conflict should affect whether it’s addressed.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 24 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This can be run as a stand-alone exercise, or as part of a longer session that further explores how to handle difficult people and situations.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore what participants believe needs to happen when there is conflict between colleagues.
• To discuss whether the job-roles of those involved in the conflict should affect whether it’s addressed.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore what participants believe needs to happen when there is conflict between colleagues.
• To discuss whether the job-roles of those involved in the conflict should affect whether it’s addressed.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links provided and your unique Pin, which you’ll find in ‘My Account’ section of the member homepage.
Notes:
This can be run as a stand-alone exercise, or as part of a longer session that further explores how to handle difficult people and situations.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of paying attention to detail.
• To demonstrate the value of summary and clarification.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of paying attention to detail.
• To demonstrate the value of summary and clarification.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It can also be adapted for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff up to supervisory level.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of summary and clarification in effective communication.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of summary and clarification in effective communication.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (optional for larger groups).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the importance of understanding what’s important to their customers when trying to influence them or sell to them.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 8 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 15 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the importance of understanding what’s important to their customers when trying to influence them or sell to them.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• A bag or box of chocolates (or sweets), or some other prize, which you’ll need to send the winner. (Alternatively, you can use the PowerPoint ‘virtual’ prize.)
• A timer or stopwatch.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To get people talking about their personality traits and what they bring to a team.
• To help people identify how their behavioural preferences help the team.
• To help identify where behavioural preferences might create areas of challenge.
• To provoke conversations that build awareness and help the team understand how to work most effectively together.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To get people talking about their personality traits and what they bring to a team.
• To help people identify how their behavioural preferences help the team.
• To help identify where behavioural preferences might create areas of challenge.
• To provoke conversations that build awareness and help the team understand how to work most effectively together.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels although best used with teams that currently work together.
You'll Need:
• A set of coloured pens/pencils for each participant.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To get people talking about their personality traits and what they bring to a team.
• To help people identify how their behavioural preferences help the team.
• To help identify where behavioural preferences might create areas of challenge.
• To provoke conversations that build awareness and help the team understand how to work most effectively together.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To get people talking about their personality traits and what they bring to a team.
• To help people identify how their behavioural preferences help the team.
• To help identify where behavioural preferences might create areas of challenge.
• To provoke conversations that build awareness and help the team understand how to work most effectively together.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels although best used with teams that currently work together.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify why potential customers don’t like receiving sales calls.
• To consider the skills that sales consultants will need to use to get their message heard by potential buyers.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify why potential customers don’t like receiving sales calls.
• To consider the skills that sales consultants will need to use to get their message heard by potential buyers.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Telesales and sales staff.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module can be used as an effective introduction to telesales training. As the training progresses, you may discover that, having identified the skills they should be using, participants fail to actually apply these in practical ‘role-play’ or simulation type exercises, and instead slip into bad habits. We recommend encouraging participants to use the lists of ‘good’ behaviours they generate to plan and then review their performance in later role-play/simulation tasks.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore why selling is different to ‘telling’.
• To begin to identify some key skills salespeople need and areas for personal development.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore why selling is different to ‘telling’.
• To begin to identify some key skills salespeople need and areas for personal development.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone involved in sales, or who soon will be.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This icebreaker is a useful introduction to sales skills training and can help identify weaknesses in existing sales teams as well as those new to the role.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To give participants an opportunity to reflect on what they’ve learnt.
• To encourage participants to share the best ideas they are taking from the training they’ve received.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To give participants an opportunity to reflect on what they’ve learnt.
• To encourage participants to share the best ideas they are taking from the training they’ve received.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To create a poll (optional).
• Small prizes to send to the winning participants (optional).
Notes:
This review activity can be used at the end of any training but is particularly well suited to sales and presentation skills training.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (optional).
• Breakout Rooms (required if working in pairs).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To define conflict.
• To identify the main phases of conflict.
• To enable participants to describe the typical behaviours that are used when conflict is not constructively managed.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To define conflict.
• To identify the main phases of conflict.
• To enable participants to describe the typical behaviours that are used when conflict is not constructively managed.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone who needs to manage conflict and interpersonal relationships.
You'll Need:
• To be ready to send participants the Activity Link and your unique PIN.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore how participants see their role in the team.
• To allow participants to share what they think they personally contribute to the team.
• To understand the importance of diversity within a successful team.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 5 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 15 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To explore how participants see their role in the team.
• To allow participants to share what they think they personally contribute to the team.
• To understand the importance of diversity within a successful team.
Group Size:
Can be used with groups of up to 24 participants.
Useful For:
Pre-existing teams.
You'll Need:
• Flipchart paper and pens for each participant.
Notes:
This exercise is designed for pre-existing teams, and especially those that may need to work more effectively together. If you have more than 10 participants, you may need to allow extra time for this activity.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore how participants perceive their role in the team.
• To allow participants to share what they think they personally contribute to the team.
• To understand the importance of diversity within a successful team.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 5 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 15 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore how participants perceive their role in the team.
• To allow participants to share what they think they personally contribute to the team.
• To understand the importance of diversity within a successful team.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Pre-existing teams.
Notes:
This exercise is designed for pre-existing teams, and especially those that may need to work more effectively together. If you have more than 10 participants, you may need to allow extra time. We recommend using Miro for this activity, though you could, if you prefer, ask participants to create a PowerPoint slide that represents their contribution to the team.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 70 minutes.
Aims:
• To generate ideas for improving customer service, a process, department, business…any aspect of a business or organisation.
• To encourage participants to think from different angles.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 70 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To generate ideas for improving customer service, a process, department, business…any aspect of a business or organisation.
• To encourage participants to think from different angles.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Anyone who wants to generate ideas for continuous improvement.
You'll Need:
• A set of ‘Brainstorm Bench’ cards.
Notes:
Although the brainstorm/discussion activity and discussion can be completed in 40 minutes, we strongly recommend adding the action planning activity outlined at the end of the module, which adds a further 30 minutes, unless this is incorporated elsewhere in your training. We’ve included some wacky questions in the set of Brainstorm Bench cards. These are in blue to make them easier to identify, so you can decide if you’d like to include them.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this exercise at the end of a days workshop on Performance Management and the organisation, with a group of international delegates who were looking to modernise their performance management systems. I found it worked really well, particularly at the end of a fairly intense day, as it got them thinking more broadly about what they could put into action when they got back to work, rather than getting stuck on the first ideas that had come to mind. It also helped to see where the synergies between different departments were, which promoted a more cross team approach. Will definitely use again.
|
|
Louise Holloway
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 70 minutes.
Aims:
• To generate ideas for improving customer service, a process, department, business…any aspect of a business or organisation.
• To encourage participants to think about a problem or challenge from different and sometimes unusual perspectives.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 70 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To generate ideas for improving customer service, a process, department, business…any aspect of a business or organisation.
• To encourage participants to think about a problem or challenge from different and sometimes unusual perspectives.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone who wants to generate ideas for continuous improvement.
You'll Need:
• To select the questions that will be in play and create a blank whiteboard before running this activity. We recommend using Miro or a suitable alternative solution. (There is an article – Using Miro - to help you if you are unfamiliar with Miro.)
Notes:
Although the brainstorm/discussion activity and discussion can be completed in 40 minutes, we strongly recommend adding the action planning activity outlined at the end of the module, which adds a further 30 minutes, unless this is incorporated elsewhere in your training. We’ve included some wacky questions in the set of Brainstorm Bench cards. These have blue text to make them easier to identify, so you can decide if you’d like to include them.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To reflect on what needs to happen before, during and after any change/project.
• To create a visual road map for change.
• To reflect on the barriers to change and how these might be overcome.
• To provide a framework for road mapping any change.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To reflect on what needs to happen before, during and after any change/project.
• To create a visual road map for change.
• To reflect on the barriers to change and how these might be overcome.
• To provide a framework for road mapping any change.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone involved in managing or implementing change or projects.
You'll Need:
• Plenty of flipchart paper.
• Road Sign Cards. (One set per team.)
• Toy train (optional – see notes on page 4).
• Flipchart pens, coloured pens/pencils etc.
• You might like to provide magazines etc., from which they can cut pictures to include in their map.
Notes:
The bridge is used to explore and consider the change journey, and the learning points can be effectively applied to any project.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To reflect on what needs to happen before, during and after any change/project.
• To create a visual road map for change.
• To reflect on the barriers to change and how these might be overcome.
• To provide a framework for road mapping any change.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To reflect on what needs to happen before, during and after any change/project.
• To create a visual road map for change.
• To reflect on the barriers to change and how these might be overcome.
• To provide a framework for road mapping any change.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone involved in managing or implementing change or projects.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link provided and your Activity Link PIN.
• The PowerPoint slides open and ready to share with participants.
Notes:
The bridge is used to explore and consider the change journey, and the learning points can be applied to any project.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify the things that we have in common with the rest of the group.
• Explain how finding connections can help to break down barriers and build relationships more quickly.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 20 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To identify the things that we have in common with the rest of the group.
• Explain how finding connections can help to break down barriers and build relationships more quickly.
Group Size:
Can be used with groups of up to 24 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This is a great exercise to get people talking and identify how we can all connect quickly and easily. The activity can be run with very large groups, but you would need to increase the timings.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this icebreaker available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify the things that we have in common with the rest of the group.
• Explain how finding connections can help to break down barriers and build relationships more quickly.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify the things that we have in common with the rest of the group.
• Explain how finding connections can help to break down barriers and build relationships more quickly.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
Notes:
This is a great exercise to get people talking and identify how we can all connect quickly and easily.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (required depending on your delivery method).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To describe the change curve.
• To consider strategies for working through the change curve journey.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To describe the change curve.
• To consider strategies for working through the change curve journey.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
All staff, including managers.
You'll Need:
• Article - When Change Really Hurts, available in the Articles section of Trainers’ Library.
Notes:
This can be a challenging session to run so it’s important that you feel confident in your knowledge and have lots of information to add if the group clams up. Apart from the article that you need for the session, you may also find it useful to read those by Damian Hughes and Martin Haworth, also available in the Articles section of Trainers’ Library.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore what it feels like when a colleague adopts a pessimistic attitude.
• To understand how pessimism can impact the likelihood of success.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 5 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 15 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To explore what it feels like when a colleague adopts a pessimistic attitude.
• To understand how pessimism can impact the likelihood of success.
Group Size:
Can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Teams.
You'll Need:
• Flipchart paper and a pen.
Notes:
This icebreaker is really only suitable for use when running in-house training with an established team. To make it more credible, we suggest running this activity immediately after a break (and make sure you’re absent from the learners for part of that break). It works best when it is followed up with Describing Your Glass - Optimism vs Pessimism, as that module focuses on the positive steps that can be taken to develop optimism as a skill.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore what it feels like when a colleague adopts a pessimistic attitude.
• To understand how pessimism can impact the likelihood of success.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 5 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 15 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore what it feels like when a colleague adopts a pessimistic attitude.
• To understand how pessimism can impact the likelihood of success.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Teams.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This icebreaker is really only suitable for use when running in-house training with an established team. To make it more credible, we suggest running this activity immediately after a break (and make sure you’re absent from the learners for part of that break). It works best when it is followed up with Describing Your Glass - Optimism vs Pessimism, as that module focuses on the positive steps that can be taken to develop optimism as a skill.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about whether staff are engaged with the values of the organisation they work for.
• To reflect on how shared values and a Balanced Business Scorecard approach can build employee engagement.
• To demonstrate how values can drive innovation and performance.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 35 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about whether staff are engaged with the values of the organisation they work for.
• To reflect on how shared values and a Balanced Business Scorecard approach can build employee engagement.
• To demonstrate how values can drive innovation and performance.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
All staff, but particularly those with managerial responsibility.
You'll Need:
• Staff will need access to PowerPoint or a similar application and have the basic skills required to use it.
Notes:
You can use the five values we’ve suggested for the exercise, or you can use your own organisation’s vision and values. However, we strongly recommend limiting the number of values used in this exercise to 6 or fewer. If the organisation you’re working with doesn’t have a concise set of values, you could use an exercise like ‘Feelings Cards’ to generate discussion and identify some core values for the future.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To show the importance of empathy when dealing with angry customers.
• To demonstrate that it is not just the solution, but the way the solution is delivered that affects the customer's view of the service they received.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to consider a real customer experience and to identify areas for improvement in the way it was handled.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To show the importance of empathy when dealing with angry customers.
• To demonstrate that it is not just the solution, but the way the solution is delivered that affects the customer's view of the service they received.
• To provide participants with an opportunity to consider a real customer experience and to identify areas for improvement in the way it was handled.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
We would like to thank Jo Downes for her help in writing this module.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To build an understanding of the importance and value of assertive and responsive behaviour.
• To build an understanding of the impact of assertive behaviour on ourselves and on others.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To build an understanding of the importance and value of assertive and responsive behaviour.
• To build an understanding of the impact of assertive behaviour on ourselves and on others.
Group Size:
This module can be used with individuals as well as groups of up to 12 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this exercise along with the quiz exercise. This worked well as a follow-up and prompted lots of discussions among the participants.
Again another easy exercise to use and created some great conversations
|
|
Nicola Richardson
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore what participants can do to improve their own levels of engagement.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore what participants can do to improve their own levels of engagement.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore what participants can do to improve their own levels of engagement.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore what participants can do to improve their own levels of engagement.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link provided and your Activity Link PIN.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the differences between leadership and management.
• To explore the relationship between leadership and management.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 40 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the differences between leadership and management.
• To explore the relationship between leadership and management.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Team leaders and managers, or those who soon will be.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link in Trainers’ Library.
• Your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on learning they’ve experienced, and how they are going to use it.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 40 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on learning they’ve experienced, and how they are going to use it.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To make sure participants have access to the tools and resources they need for this exercise, if you want them to complete it during the training session.
Notes:
This could be a task that participants complete in their own time outside the learning session, in which case we recommend that you arrange a review session where the results are shared and where you build on these with some action planning activities to conclude the training programme.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on learning they’ve experienced, and how they are going to use it.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on learning they’ve experienced, and how they are going to use it.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• You will want to make sure participants have access to the tools and resources they need for this exercise, if you want them to complete it during the live training session.
Notes:
This could be a task that participants complete in their own time outside the learning event, in which case we recommend that you arrange a review session where the results are shared, and where you build on these with some action planning activities to conclude the training programme.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (optional).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the important role summary and clarification play in ensuring information is received and recorded accurately.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To explore the important role summary and clarification play in ensuring information is received and recorded accurately.
Group Size:
Can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore the important role summary and clarification play in ensuring information is received and recorded accurately.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore the important role summary and clarification play in ensuring information is received and recorded accurately.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links provided and your unique Pin, which you’ll find in ‘My Account’ section of the member homepage.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To consider the role the mentor in terms of evaluation, facilitation and motivation.
• To provide a structure of mentoring meetings.
• To consider when it’s the right time to end the mentor-protégé relationship.
• To consider how to review the success of the mentor-protégé relationship when it ends.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To consider the role the mentor in terms of evaluation, facilitation and motivation.
• To provide a structure of mentoring meetings.
• To consider when it’s the right time to end the mentor-protégé relationship.
• To consider how to review the success of the mentor-protégé relationship when it ends.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Both mentors and protégés at any level.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
We recommend running The Mentoring Relationship – Foundations before this module.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 85 minutes.
Aims:
• To enable participants to define the 3 stages of the mentor-protégé relationship.
• To enable mentors and protégés to have clarity about their roles and responsibilities.
• To provide guidelines and templates for managing the relationship.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 85 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To enable participants to define the 3 stages of the mentor-protégé relationship.
• To enable mentors and protégés to have clarity about their roles and responsibilities.
• To provide guidelines and templates for managing the relationship.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Both mentors and protégés at any level.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module involves two parts. We recommend taking a break (minimum 15 minutes) between the two parts, and therefore allowing at least 100 minutes in total for this session.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 55 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the ability for fear to debilitate.
• To explore what happens if we continue to avoid new situations that scare us.
• To explore the principle of Comfort Zone, Learning Zone and Panic Zone, and the function of each.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 55 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the ability for fear to debilitate.
• To explore what happens if we continue to avoid new situations that scare us.
• To explore the principle of Comfort Zone, Learning Zone and Panic Zone, and the function of each.
Group Size:
This module can be used with individuals as well as groups of up to 12 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links and your unique PIN.
Notes:
This module looks at the impact of fear on our ability to achieve goals and fulfil our potential. It’s a useful addition to any training around personal development, adaptability and resilience. It also looks at the role of the Comfort Zone in learning and is therefore also important to trainers, or those taking on a people development role. In addition, it’s a useful module to include in any topic specific training, where fear of a new situation might hold learners back from achieving their full potential.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify key learning points for running effective meetings.
• To identify strategies for managing difficult behaviours in meetings.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module will take about 30 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 60 minutes to complete this module.
Aims:
• To identify key learning points for running effective meetings.
• To identify strategies for managing difficult behaviours in meetings.
Group Size:
This module is suitable for use with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone being asked to chair a meeting, who might be concerned about how to manage difficult or challenging behaviours.
You'll Need:
The audio recording of the story, which can be streamed from Trainers’ Library if you prefer not to read it aloud yourself.
Notes:
This exercise is based around a silly, but fun story that makes a lot of important points about effective meetings. It might not be appropriate for all participant groups, but if you are looking for something fun, imaginative and involving, this could be the exercise for you! The exercise can be used to review learning, or to test participants' existing knowledge about how to run effective meetings. If reading the story to participants, we suggest that you rehearse reading the story aloud a few times prior to delivery.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This worked really well in a short (90 mins) session I ran on effective meetings alongside "A is for Apple".
I modified the exercise by doing the following:
1. Sent out pages 1-2 as pre-work, to get them thinking about the meeting and the characters involved. I also specified that the topic for the meeting would be around attracting more clients to the pet shop.
2. In two groups they brainstormed strategies for the different characters (4 each) and then shared their ideas across.
3. We then did a role play in groups of 6-8. One person was Owly, 4-5 were a selection of the pets, and 1-2 observed. Owlies were given a simple agenda. The others were given notes of how to play their character, and what idea to suggest. This was heaps of fun, attendees in fits of laughter, but did hightlight a number of important points.
I didn't give out the extra notes about the meeting itself, as these felt unnecessary. So generally, with a bit of twaeking and customisation it worked really well.
|
|
Jane Butler
rated this item with 4 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify key learning points for running effective meetings.
• To identify strategies for managing difficult behaviours in meetings.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify key learning points for running effective meetings.
• To identify strategies for managing difficult behaviours in meetings.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone being asked to chair a meeting, who might be concerned about how to manage difficult or challenging behaviours.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links and your unique PIN.
Notes:
This exercise is based around a silly, but fun story that makes a lot of important points about effective meetings. It might not be appropriate for all participant groups, but if you’re looking for something fun, imaginative and involving, this could be the exercise for you! It can be used to review learning, or to test participants’ existing knowledge about how to facilitate effective meetings.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This is one of my favourite activities to use. The audio adds something to the whole story and it keeps people entertained. It gets people dissecting meetings and you can see a light bulb go on. I would recommend using this activity.
|
|
Nicola Richardson
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participant’s problem-solving skills.
• To explore the different behaviours employed when solving problems.
• To identify how these behaviours can impact team performance.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 25 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To test participant’s problem-solving skills.
• To explore the different behaviours employed when solving problems.
• To identify how these behaviours can impact team performance.
Group Size:
This icebreaker can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• One Puzzle Star and set of letters for every team in play.
• To cut out the missing letters for each of the Puzzle Stars required and place each set in an envelope (or similar).
• A small prize for the winning team (optional).
Notes:
This icebreaker works best when participants are split into teams of 2 or 3. It is fine for different teams to have the same puzzle. There is another module which uses the same activity as this but in a different way. This icebreaker focuses on Problem Solving skills, whereas the other is a course module, ‘Letters Get Better’, which focuses on Continuous Improvement.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To test participant’s problem-solving skills.
• To explore the different behaviours employed when solving problems.
• To identify how these behaviours can impact team performance.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To test participant’s problem-solving skills.
• To explore the different behaviours employed when solving problems.
• To identify how these behaviours can impact team performance.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• The PowerPoint slides (Handouts and Solution) ready to send to, or share with, participants.
Notes:
This icebreaker works best when participants are split into teams of 2 or 3. It is fine for different teams to have the same puzzle. There is another module which uses the same activity as this but in a different way. This icebreaker focuses on Problem Solving skills, whereas the other is a course module, ‘Letters Get Better’, which focuses on Continuous Improvement.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider the difference between good and bad customer service.
• To reflect on the impact good and bad customer service has on other customers.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 25 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider the difference between good and bad customer service.
• To reflect on the impact good and bad customer service has on other customers.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, especially those in a customer-facing role.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This exercise can be run as a stand-alone session or you can follow it up with LACE – Handling Unhappy Customers.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I used this activity last week for some customer service representatives, and it went down really well with participants. It generated lots of discussion and debate and there was general agreement that 'one size does not fit all' when it comes to customer service.
The interaction was great for such a simple activity.
I'll definitely be using this activity again in the future.
|
|
Pauline Weddell
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
This is such an engaging and thought provoking activity. It is brief but really impactful and went down really well in a customer service workshop I was running. The scenario is realistic and highlights the complexity of different stakeholders, which working for a regulator dealing with complaints, is something we see regularly with stakeholders who hold varying opinions. Participants in the workshop were engaged and enjoyed this interactive ice breaker, opening their eyes to the importance of empathetic engagement, especially in an era where negative experiences can quickly escalate on social media, causing reputational harm. The key takeaway is that customer service is more than just 'the customer is always right' but about being able to truly empathise with different stakeholders and make them feel understood. This was the theme and message of my training session on how colleagues can support complainants in their roles, and those being complained about, without taking sides. So, it set the scene perfectly for the rest of the session. Thank you!
|
|
Tom Eustice
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider the difference between good and bad customer service.
• To reflect on the impact good and bad customer service has on other customers.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider the difference between good and bad customer service.
• To reflect on the impact good and bad customer service has on other customers.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, especially those in a customer-facing role.
You'll Need:
• To prepare the poll in advance of the training session (optional).
Notes:
This exercise can be run as a stand-alone session or you can follow it up with LACE – Handling Unhappy Customers.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (optional).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how our own beliefs, values and past experiences affect how we perceive people and situations.
• To raise awareness of how often unconscious bias impacts upon our perceptions of others.
• To understand the impact of unconscious bias on our interactions with others and the decisions we take.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate how our own beliefs, values and past experiences affect how we perceive people and situations.
• To raise awareness of how often unconscious bias impacts upon our perceptions of others.
• To understand the impact of unconscious bias on our interactions with others and the decisions we take.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This is a thought provoking exercise that works well to illustrate an individual's unconscious bias. We use the remote delivery version at the beginning of a 2 hour virtual module as a soft intro to what can be a very sensitive topic and what we've found is that, in creating the shopping list and then identifying the objects, participants quickly start to acknowledge how their own assumptions have influenced them, which opens them up to understanding where these come from and ultimately raising awareness. It's possible to do this without a polling tool as well, if there isn't one available. Typing the number into chat or calling it out works as well (depending on numbers). If you're looking for a virtual module to raise awareness that Unconscious Bias exists in all of us, this is a great one to use.
|
|
Debbie McNamara
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To increase participants awareness of the brain’s flexibility and potential for growth.
• To explore ways in which our Stretch Zone can be expanded, to strengthen our resilience.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To increase participants awareness of the brain’s flexibility and potential for growth.
• To explore ways in which our Stretch Zone can be expanded, to strengthen our resilience.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module can be used as an alternative to The Monster of Anesi, or in conjunction with it. Where the focus of that module is on learning, the focus here is on resilience, though many of the learning points are shared.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To increase participants awareness of the brain’s flexibility and potential for growth.
• To explore ways in which our Stretch Zone can be expanded, to strengthen our resilience.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To increase participants awareness of the brain’s flexibility and potential for growth.
• To explore ways in which our Stretch Zone can be expanded, to strengthen our resilience.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module can be used as an alternative to The Monster of Anesi, or in conjunction with it. Where the focus of that module is on learning, the focus here is on resilience, though many of the learning points are shared.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To help first time managers to recognise and discuss some of the things that they need to do to build awareness of the team and monitor its performance.
• To help first time managers understand the importance of spotting potential problems quickly and taking appropriate action to help the team overcome these.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
To help first time managers:
• Recognise and discuss some of the things that they need to do to build awareness of the team and monitor its performance.
• Understand the importance of spotting potential problems quickly and taking appropriate action to help the team overcome these.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
First time managers who need to reflect on their role and how they can help ensure teams succeed.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link provided and your unique Pin, which you’ll find in ‘My Account’ section of the member homepage.
Notes:
This module can be usefully followed by any of the First Time Manager modules. It can also be a useful inclusion in any training intervention around coaching teams.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 35 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of teamwork.
• To show how, by working together, we have the potential to achieve more.
• To encourage participants to consider the dangers of an overly competitive workplace culture.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 35 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate the importance of teamwork.
• To show how, by working together, we have the potential to achieve more.
• To encourage participants to consider the dangers of an overly competitive workplace culture.
Skills and Behaviours Tested:
Teamwork, collaboration, leadership, avoiding assumptions and problem solving.
Group Size:
A minimum of 2 and a maximum of 8 participants are required for this exercise.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
To prepare your chosen collaborative whiteboard or PowerPoint in advance with:
• The ‘The Wheel’ game board image set as the background and locked.
• A simple counter shape that participants can move around.
• The Dice app if using Miro or the spinner from Trainers’ Library set up as a dice.
• Prizes. (Virtual prizes (pictures) or physical prizes – for example, a pile of wrapped sweets, or mini chocolate bars that you can send to winning participants after the event.) If playing the alternative version of the game, you’ll need to create up to a maximum of 8 counters.
Notes:
This module provides a superb introduction to any training around teamwork and co-operation/collaboration and has been used successfully with participants at all levels within an organisation, from junior clerical staff to directors. It also provides an ideal introduction to training around the service chain, and internal customer care. We recommend using Miro for this activity due to the functionality available, but it is possible to run the activity using other collaborative whiteboard solutions or PowerPoint if preferred. Whatever your chosen solution, you’ll need to ‘roll’ the dice for participants during the game.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (recommended).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To reflect on the impact words and actions can have on others.
• To understand that the impact our words and actions have may be invisible to us.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To reflect on the impact words and actions can have on others.
• To understand that the impact our words and actions have may be invisible to us.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• A red sweet and a green sweet for each participant. (You can use other colours if you prefer as long as you use two colours and each participant has one of each.)
• A shallow basin with a little water covering the bottom.
Notes:
Be aware that some participants might not be able to eat sweets if, for example, they are diabetic.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Article Overview:
In this article, Nicola explores the aftermath of difficult conversations and shares how leaders and managers can move forward positively to repair the relationships.
About
Article Overview:
In this article, Nicola explores the aftermath of difficult conversations and shares how leaders and managers can move forward positively to repair the relationships.
Opening Words:
You did it. You finally had that conversation you'd been putting off for weeks. The one that made your stomach churn every time you thought about it. The one that kept you awake in the night, rehearsing what you'd say. Maybe it went better than you expected - phew! Perhaps it was messier than you hoped. Or maybe it just ended, and you're sitting there thinking, ‘Well, that happened’, and you're not quite sure what comes next.
I want to talk about this bit. The aftermath. The ‘what now?’
Suitable Reading For:
Everyone, especially leaders and managers.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on what they’ve learnt and list their top tips for making virtual learning, fun, engaging and effective.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on what they’ve learnt and list their top tips for making virtual learning, fun, engaging and effective.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Trainers and those about to begin facilitating training delivered virtually.
You'll Need:
• To set up a spinner or random number generator with numbers from 1 to 34, as per the Trainer’s Handout.
Notes:
You can spend more or less time on this activity by, for example, just playing until one team has completed a line, or until one or more teams have a ‘full house’ and matched every square on their bingo card.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required unless working in pairs).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify what makes training activities effective tools for learner-led learning.
• To identify the essential ingredients for a successful training activity.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 40 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To identify what makes training activities effective tools for learner-led learning.
• To identify the essential ingredients for a successful training activity.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 15 participants.
Useful For:
Trainers, and particularly those who are relatively new to learner-led, facilitated training.
You'll Need:
• A transparent plastic glass of any shape for each team.
• A selection of colourful swizzle sticks.
• Tissue paper in a variety of colours.
• Other materials, that might be used to represent ingredients in a cocktail, mocktail or sundae.
Notes:
Small prizes would be a nice touch but are not essential.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify what makes training activities effective tools for learner-led learning.
• To identify the essential ingredients for a successful training activity.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify what makes training activities effective tools for learner-led learning.
• To identify the essential ingredients for a successful training activity.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Trainers, and particularly those who are relatively new to learner-led, facilitated training.
You'll Need:
• The PowerPoint slide provided.
Notes:
It may be appropriate to emphasise that many cocktails are non-alcoholic (often referred to as mocktails). Or you can refer to their creations as a sundae if you prefer.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about and identify the behaviours and language most likely to be associated with each Transactional Analysis state.
• To review understanding of the different states.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to think about and identify the behaviours and language most likely to be associated with each Transactional Analysis state.
• To review understanding of the different states.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Links provided and your unique PIN (found in My Account).
Notes:
With thanks to Stephanie Fry of People Mechanics, who provided the inspiration for this activity. It’s a useful review activity to use as a follow up to Introduction to Transactional Analysis or to test participants’ knowledge of TA.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 90 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider different approaches to improving poor performance, and the relative merits of those different approaches.
• To encourage participants to think about appropriate timescales over which they might expect to improve performance and standards.
• To consider the implications of not taking action to improve poor performance.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 60 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 90-120 minutes for this module (see notes).
Aims:
• To encourage participants to consider different approaches to improving poor performance, and the relative merits of those different approaches.
• To encourage participants to think about appropriate timescales over which they might expect to improve performance and standards.
• To consider the implications of not taking action to improve poor performance.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Managers, or those who soon will be.
You'll Need:
To decide how to run this module. You can:
• Set the assignment as a pre-training task to be completed by each team or individual. (We’ve provided suggested wording to use in an email to brief team members/individuals on their task.)
• Run the whole session in real time with a break between the activity and debrief.
Notes:
There are two different versions of the team brief for this exercise. For junior managers we recommend using version 1, which contains a list of actions that the managers could consider when dealing with the issues of poor performance. For more experienced managers, we recommend using version 2, which does not provide any clues about the type of action they could take and encourages them to come up with their own solutions. This module is ideally suited for inclusion in training around managing change.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce participants in a fun way.
• To encourage people to think about how we communicate nonverbally.
• To encourage participants to begin to think about the important role of body language, tone and pitch in communication.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 20 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To introduce participants in a fun way.
• To encourage people to think about how we communicate nonverbally.
• To encourage participants to begin to think about the important role of body language, tone and pitch in communication.
Group Size:
Suitable for use with groups of up to 15 participants. (The activity can be used with larger groups, but you will need to allow more time.)
You'll Need:
• To ask participants in advance of the training to share one unusual fact about themselves.
Notes:
Based on the UK gameshow ‘Would I Lie to You?’, this is a fun way to introduce any training, but is particularly appropriate as an introduction around training linked to communication and body language. It can even be used to introduce equality and diversity training as it provides a way to make the point that there is more to people than we see on the surface and for participants to make assumptions about others in the group.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 20 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce participants in a fun way.
• To encourage people to think about how we communicate nonverbally.
• To encourage participants to begin to think about the important role of body language, tone and pitch in communication.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 20 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce participants in a fun way.
• To encourage people to think about how we communicate nonverbally.
• To encourage participants to begin to think about the important role of body language, tone and pitch in communication.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To ask participants in advance of the training to share one unusual fact about themselves.
Notes:
Based on the UK gameshow ‘Would I Lie to You?’, this is a fun way to introduce any training, but is particularly appropriate as an introduction around training linked to communication and body language. It can even be used to introduce equality and diversity training as it provides a way to make the point that there is more to people than we see on the surface and for participants to make assumptions about others in the group.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (optional).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To introduce participants in a fun way.
• To encourage people to think about how we communicate nonverbally.
• To encourage participants to begin to think about the important role of body language, tone and pitch in communication.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To introduce participants in a fun way.
• To encourage people to think about how we communicate nonverbally.
• To encourage participants to begin to think about the important role of body language, tone and pitch in communication.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To ensure participants have access to plain paper and marker/thick pens.
Notes:
This exercise is ideally suited for use as an icebreaker for team training and teambuilding events. It can also provide an interesting introduction to any session on body language.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To enable participants to recognise the different types of questions used in communication.
• To help participants understand when to use different types for maximum effect.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To enable participants to recognise the different types of questions used in communication.
• To help participants understand when to use different types for maximum effect.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Most likely to be suitable for junior staff up to supervisor level.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link in Trainers’ Library.
• Your Activity Link PIN from the My Account section of the member homepage.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To raise participants’ awareness of their emotional reaction to other people’s behaviour.
• To explore strategies for managing our own and other people’s emotional responses.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 25 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To raise participants’ awareness of their emotional reaction to other people’s behaviour.
• To explore strategies for managing our own and other people’s emotional responses.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
We recommend using Miro for this session, but you could use an inbuilt Whiteboard if you prefer. We’ve created a simple guide for using Miro, which can be downloaded from the Articles section of Trainers’ Library – Using Miro.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• Demonstrate how opportunities are not always as equal as they may seem.
• Demonstrate why equal opportunities legislation exists.
• Demonstrate why reasonable adjustments might be required in order to make opportunities more accessible to all.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• Demonstrate how opportunities are not always as equal as they may seem.
• Demonstrate why equal opportunities legislation exists.
• Demonstrate why reasonable adjustments might be required in order to make opportunities more accessible to all.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff and managers at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This activity requires a minimum of 5 participants.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (essential).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To reflect on how effective communication relies on more than words.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 10 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 25 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To reflect on how effective communication relies on more than words.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• A flipchart and a set of coloured flipchart pens (see the image in the Handout for the required colours to include in the set of pens).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To get participants working together, sharing knowledge and problem solving.
• To test participants’ team decision skills and their ability to think strategically.
• To enable participants to find out a little more about each other, in particular about the places they’ve visited in Europe.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 20 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To get participants working together, sharing knowledge and problem solving.
• To test participants’ team decision skills and their ability to think strategically.
• To enable participants to find out a little more about each other, in particular about the places they’ve visited in Europe.
Group Size:
This icebreaker can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Separate breakout rooms or areas for each team to work in.
Notes:
A small prize for the winning team would be a nice touch.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• Demonstrate how our ability to manage our time impacts on others.
• Explores the impact of tolerating consistent time-wasting behaviour by others.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 5 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 15 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• Demonstrate how our ability to manage our time impacts on others.
• Explores the impact of tolerating consistent time-wasting behaviour by others.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This exercise is best used as part of the introduction to a Time Management training session. Do not admit that it’s an exercise until the notes tell you to reveal the role you have just played. Please note that if you would normally have a drink with you during the training session, you’ll need to keep it out of sight until after the exercise.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 75 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the practical and emotional reasons for making a purchase.
• To give participants an awareness of what motivates their customers to buy.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 75 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand the practical and emotional reasons for making a purchase.
• To give participants an awareness of what motivates their customers to buy.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone involved in sales.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To define assertiveness.
• To identify the main characteristics of assertiveness.
• To distinguish assertive behaviour from aggressive and submissive behaviours.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To define assertiveness.
• To identify the main characteristics of assertiveness.
• To distinguish assertive behaviour from aggressive and submissive behaviours.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff up to supervisor level.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
There are two exercises in this module; a simple quiz (15 minutes) and a discussion exercise (15 minutes).
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To define what bullying and harassment are and to explore their impact in the workplace.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 5 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 15 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To define what bullying and harassment are and to explore their impact in the workplace.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of almost any size.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• To prepare flipcharts containing ACAS’ definitions of bullying and of harassment if you don’t wish to use the PowerPoint slides provided.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 15 minutes.
Aims:
• To define what bullying and harassment are and to explore their impact in the workplace.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 5 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 15 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To define what bullying and harassment are and to explore their impact in the workplace.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone.
You'll Need:
• The PowerPoint slides provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand what depression is.
• To highlight why stereotypes might not help us identify depression.
• To explore what someone suffering with depression might experience.
• To discuss why people might hide depression, or any other mental illness.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand what depression is.
• To highlight why stereotypes might not help us identify depression.
• To explore what someone suffering with depression might experience.
• To discuss why people might hide depression, or any other mental illness.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 15 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels. However, please ensure participants are aware of the topic to be discussed and are happy to participate.
You'll Need:
• Magazines and newspapers etc., sticky tape or glue, flipchart paper and pens.
Notes:
You will need to ensure this session takes place in a space participants consider safe. We recommend ensuring participants have access to our list of helpful resources (or an equivalent for your region if you are located outside the UK.) Before running this module, facilitators should have an understanding of mental health and have completed training around this topic.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 45 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants understand what depression is.
• To highlight why stereotypes might not help us identify depression.
• To explore what someone suffering with depression might experience.
• To discuss why people might hide depression, or any other mental illness.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 45 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants understand what depression is.
• To highlight why stereotypes might not help us identify depression.
• To explore what someone suffering with depression might experience.
• To discuss why people might hide depression, or any other mental illness.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels. However, please ensure participants are aware of the topic to be discussed and are happy to participate.
You'll Need:
• To prepare a Miro board (or similar) before the session (see trainer notes).
• To ensure participants have access to resources like Pixabay to find images.
Notes:
You will need to ensure that participants consider the virtual training room a safe space. We also recommend ensuring participants have access to our list of helpful resources (or an equivalent for your region if you are located outside the UK.)
Before running this module, facilitators should have an understanding of mental health and have completed training around this topic.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore differences within a group of people.
• To encourage people to recognise and be comfortable with differences.
• To begin conversations about the support we can provide others and the support we might like to request from others.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore differences within a group of people.
• To encourage people to recognise and be comfortable with differences.
• To begin conversations about the support we can provide others and the support we might like to request from others.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To prepare the test flipchart (as shown on PowerPoint slide 2).
• To pre-prepare 6-8 flipcharts with one of the questions from the Trainers’ Handout.
• Plenty of sticky notes for participants.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 50 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore differences within a group of people.
• To encourage people to recognise and be comfortable with differences.
• To begin conversations about the support we can provide others and the support we might like to request from others.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 50 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore differences within a group of people.
• To encourage people to recognise and be comfortable with differences.
• To begin conversations about the support we can provide others and the support we might like to request from others.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
Notes:
This activity requires a series of white boards where participants can add post-it notes and move these around. We recommend using Miro or a suitable alternative solution for this activity.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required unless you have more than 6 participants).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on their team’s strengths and weaknesses and identify behaviours that need to change.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage participants to reflect on their team’s strengths and weaknesses and identify behaviours that need to change.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Teams.
You'll Need:
• To create a whiteboard that participants can access and add sticky notes to in breakout rooms. We recommend using Miro although you may have access to or wish to use a suitable alternative.
Notes:
This activity, designed to be run at the end of a team training session or meeting, provides an opportunity for a team to reflect on what they’ve learnt about how they operate and where improvements can be made.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To get participants into a creative and energetic state.
• To illustrate the value of short, sharp periods of creativity and idea generation.
• To launch the training with some fun.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To get participants into a creative and energetic state.
• To illustrate the value of short, sharp periods of creativity and idea generation.
• To launch the training with some fun.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link and your PIN from Trainers’ Library.
Notes:
Although this activity can be run with teams using PowerPoint to design their hats, it’s much better if you can give them access to a collaborative space, such as a board in Miro. For more information on using Miro, follow this link.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (recommended).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To get participants into a creative and energetic state.
• To illustrate the value of short, sharp periods of creativity and idea generation.
• To launch training with some fun.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 30 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 40 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To get participants into a creative and energetic state.
• To illustrate the value of short, sharp periods of creativity and idea generation.
• To launch training with some fun.
Group Size:
This module is suitable for use with groups of any size.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• A box of resources, which can be easily collected and used again and again. The basic items we suggest are: Varied topic magazines/colour supplements, sticky tape, scissors, newspapers, ribbon, coloured card, feathers, balloons, scraps of material, coloured markers or felt tip pens. Try to add resources that are unusual too.
• You may also choose to award a few small prizes.
Notes:
This fun activity is suitable groups of all sizes and is designed to get people working in teams, sharing resources and ideas, and working against the clock. It is meant to be a fast and fun exercise. The exercise also works well if the participants are staying overnight on a residential course when, as an alternative to a conventional icebreaker, you can use this exercise last thing in the day. Ask all the participants to turn up for dinner wearing their hats and prizes can be awarded. We’ve included some suggested competition categories in the handout, but you may wish to add others (particularly if working with a very large group).
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
I regularly run leadership and management training sessions on various customers’ service topics and specifically providing quality to customers. This activity has turned what can sometimes be a dry subject, into fun, interactive and thought provoking training. With some really clear, and sometimes amazing learning points. It does need two people to facilitate effectively. It is essential for one facilitator to make plenty of notes on the team behaviour, but well worth the effort as the energy levels are so high during the activity – It is great to watch. Another great trainer’s library activity that can explore so many issues…
|
|
Gary Shewan
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage people to reflect on the assumptions we make and the labels we attach to people.
• To understand that there is more to people than what we see on the surface.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 30 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To encourage people to reflect on the assumptions we make and the labels we attach to people.
• To understand that there is more to people than what we see on the surface.
Group Size:
Suitable for use with groups of almost any size.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided. But for a more visual/engaging exercise, you could provide participants physical representations of the products listed in the activity to sort.
Notes:
This is a great icebreaker for any topic where it’s helpful for participants consider whether categorising people is fair, and the impact this can have on beliefs and behaviour.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To encourage people to reflect on the assumptions we make and the labels we attach to people.
• To understand that there is more to people than what we see on the surface.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To encourage people to reflect on the assumptions we make and the labels we attach to people.
• To understand that there is more to people than what we see on the surface.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. However, it is not suitable for 1-1 use.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (essential).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore and challenge the stereotypes that surround creativity.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 15 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore and challenge the stereotypes that surround creativity.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore common perceptions about influence.
• To encourage participants to think about what influence is.
About
Time:
This exercise will take about 15 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 25 minutes for completion.
Aims:
• To explore common perceptions about influence.
• To encourage participants to think about what influence is.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of any size.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, especially those with managerial responsibilities (or participants who soon will have).
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To explore common perceptions about influence.
• To encourage participants to think about what influence is.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 20 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To explore common perceptions about influence.
• To encourage participants to think about what influence is.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, especially those with managerial responsibilities (or participants who soon will have).
You'll Need:
• The Activity Link and your PIN.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
• Collaborative Whiteboard (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 25 minutes.
Aims:
• To demonstrate what effective feedback looks like and the impact effective and ineffective feedback can have.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 25 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To demonstrate what effective feedback looks like and the impact effective and ineffective feedback can have.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone who needs to give or receive feedback.
You'll Need:
• To ensure participants have access to plain paper and coloured pens/pencils. (Alternatively, you might like to send them a selection of Lego, or some modelling clay in advance of the training.)
Notes:
Although we’ve labelled this an icebreaker, we’d recommend only using it at the very beginning of a workshop if your participants already know each other, and both you and they will feel relaxed. You’ll need a minimum of 3 participants for this activity, and ideally a minimum of 4.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (not required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To reflect on the idea that the way we phrase problems can impact our ability to find creative solutions to them.
• To demonstrate a way to change and broaden our perspective on problems to enable creative solution finding.
About
Time:
The exercises in this module will take about 30 minutes to complete. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing 60 minutes to complete this module.
Aims:
• To reflect on the idea that the way we phrase problems can impact our ability to find creative solutions to them.
• To demonstrate a way to change and broaden our perspective on problems to enable creative solution finding.
Group Size:
This module is suitable for use with groups of up to 25 participants.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• Breakout rooms or work areas separate to the main training room.
Notes:
This module introduces a powerful tool that can help the creative problem-solving process. It is best introduced before idea generation techniques like Reversal, Forced Connections etc. (Previously called Magnifying the Problem, the module has been updated.)
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
There is a Remote Delivery version of this module available in Trainers’ Library.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To reflect on the idea that the way we phrase problems can impact our ability to find creative solutions to them.
• To demonstrate a way to change and broaden our perspective on problems to enable creative solution finding.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To reflect on the idea that the way we phrase problems can impact our ability to find creative solutions to them.
• To demonstrate a way to change and broaden our perspective on problems to enable creative solution finding.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Anyone involved in problem solving and solution finding.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module introduces a powerful tool that can help the creative problem-solving process. It is best introduced before idea generation techniques like Reversal, Forced Connections etc.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (not required).
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 30 minutes.
Aims:
• To identify key things required for remote teams to work successfully together.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 10 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 30 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To identify key things required for remote teams to work successfully together.
Group Size:
This module can be used with individuals as well as groups of up to 12 participants.
Useful For:
Those who currently work in Remote Teams. It is also particularly well suited to those that are about to start working remotely. It is best run with complete teams, but you could also run it with those responsible for managing a Remote Team.
Notes:
This is a useful icebreaker/introduction to remote working for those who haven’t worked in remote teams before, or for those who want to strengthen their remote teams. You might wish to follow this module up with Remote Rules.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms.
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 105 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants identify what is wrong with a real example of a ‘customer service’ email.
• To encourage participants to think about the key messages the company intended to deliver to its customers.
• To recognise the impact that poor grammar and punctuation has on a writer’s credibility.
• To rewrite the email, delivering the key messages in an appropriate, effective manner.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 45 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 105 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants identify what is wrong with a real example of a ‘customer service’ email.
• To encourage participants to think about the key messages the company intended to deliver to its customers.
• To recognise the impact that poor grammar and punctuation has on a writer’s credibility.
• To rewrite the email, delivering the key messages in an appropriate, effective manner.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s also suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Supervisors and above.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This is a long module for remote delivery, so we strongly recommend running it as two one-hour sessions with a break between, as described in the notes. This means running it either side of a decent (minimum 20 minute) break or over two days. This module is based upon a genuine email, which was distributed to an internet hosting company’s customers. It contains important lessons about culture, customer service, and writing skills. It can also be used to prompt discussion about the damaging effects of poor communication. For the purposes of this exercise we’ve shortened the original email by removing a few of the more technical paragraphs. If using this module to train an individual, run the first exercise as a 1:1 discussion, but leave them to attempt the second activity alone, either in the session or as a work-based activity between coaching sessions.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
|
This is a very easy-to-use training session, it was effective and not very complicated to understand. Nice easy session
|
|
Ash Newman
rated this item with 5 stars.
|
|
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 60 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants identify what is wrong with a (real example) of a ‘customer service’ letter.
• To encourage participants to think about the key messages the company intended to deliver to its customer.
• To recognise how one badly constructed letter can lose a customer.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 60 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants identify what is wrong with a (real example) of a ‘customer service’ letter.
• To encourage participants to think about the key messages the company intended to deliver to its customer.
• To recognise how one badly constructed letter can lose a customer.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels, and especially people working in finance and/or customer services.
You'll Need:
• Nothing other than the materials provided.
Notes:
This module is suitable for staff at all levels; especially those involved in financial and/or customer services. The example shows a letter that is confusing and pretentious, both in its layout and in its content. The writer of this letter should be aiming to regain – even increase – business from this customer. In the letter's current format, it is highly unlikely that this will be achieved. This exercise would also be useful to develop a conversation in an organisation about its standard letters, which are often carelessly written and should be regularly examined and revised.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Breakout Rooms (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|
Time:
In total we estimate this exercise will take 40 minutes.
Aims:
• To help participants identify situations where they find it difficult to be assertive.
• To encourage participants to consider whether they naturally tend towards aggressive, passive aggressive, submissive or assertive behaviour.
• To encourage participants to reflect on situations where they are more likely to favour a particular behaviour, and why.
About
Time:
The exercise in this module can be completed in about 30 minutes. In total, allowing for discussion, we recommend allowing about 40 minutes for this module.
Aims:
• To help participants identify situations where they find it difficult to be assertive.
• To encourage participants to consider whether they naturally tend towards aggressive, passive aggressive, submissive or assertive behaviour.
• To encourage participants to reflect on situations where they are more likely to favour a particular behaviour, and why.
Group Size:
This module can be used with groups of up to 12 participants. It’s not suitable for 1-1 training.
Useful For:
Staff at all levels.
You'll Need:
• To decide which scenarios to use, and how many, then create a poll for each question you’re going to use, based on the Trainer’s Handout.
Notes:
We suggest choosing about six scenarios to look at from the range provided. You can, of course, replace some or all of our suggestions with your own.
Remote/Virtual Delivery:
Remote Delivery requires a system that as an absolute minimum provides the following functionality:
• Face-to-face discussion.
• Share screen.
• Chat.
• Share files. In addition, we strongly recommend using a system that provides for:
• Polls/Quizzes (required).
Label
| Reviews |
|
| A review has not been posted for this item. If you are a member of Glasstap you can submit one using the contact us screen. |
|
|